]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
variables: accept dashes.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual (@value{UPDATED}) is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version
34 @value{VERSION}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free
38 Software Foundation, Inc.
39
40 @quotation
41 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
42 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
43 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
44 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
45 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
46 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
47 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
48
49 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
50 modify this @acronym{GNU} manual. Buying copies from the @acronym{FSF}
51 supports it in developing @acronym{GNU} and promoting software
52 freedom.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Software development
57 @direntry
58 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
59 @end direntry
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title Bison
63 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
64 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
65
66 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
67
68 @page
69 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
70 @insertcopying
71 @sp 2
72 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
73 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
74 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
75 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
76 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
77 @sp 2
78 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
79 @end titlepage
80
81 @contents
82
83 @ifnottex
84 @node Top
85 @top Bison
86 @insertcopying
87 @end ifnottex
88
89 @menu
90 * Introduction::
91 * Conditions::
92 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
93 how you can copy and share Bison.
94
95 Tutorial sections:
96 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
97 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
98
99 Reference sections:
100 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
101 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
102 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
103 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
104 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
105 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
106 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
107 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
108 * Other Languages:: Creating C++ and Java parsers.
109 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
110 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
111 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
112 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
113 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
114
115 @detailmenu
116 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
117
118 The Concepts of Bison
119
120 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
121 as mathematical ideas.
122 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
123 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
124 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
125 the name of an identifier, etc.).
126 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
127 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
128 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
129 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
130 how is the output used?
131 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
132 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
133
134 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
135
136 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
137 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
138 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
139 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
140
141 Examples
142
143 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
144 a first example with no operator precedence.
145 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
146 Operator precedence is introduced.
147 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
148 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
149 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
150 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
151 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
152
153 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
154
155 * Rpcalc Declarations:: Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
156 * Rpcalc Rules:: Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
157 * Rpcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
158 * Rpcalc Main:: The controlling function.
159 * Rpcalc Error:: The error reporting function.
160 * Rpcalc Generate:: Running Bison on the grammar file.
161 * Rpcalc Compile:: Run the C compiler on the output code.
162
163 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
164
165 * Rpcalc Input::
166 * Rpcalc Line::
167 * Rpcalc Expr::
168
169 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
170
171 * Ltcalc Declarations:: Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
172 * Ltcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
173 * Ltcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
174
175 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
176
177 * Mfcalc Declarations:: Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
178 * Mfcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for the calculator.
179 * Mfcalc Symbol Table:: Symbol table management subroutines.
180
181 Bison Grammar Files
182
183 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
184 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
185 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
186 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
187 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
188 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
189 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
190 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
191
192 Outline of a Bison Grammar
193
194 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
195 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
196 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
197 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
198 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
199
200 Defining Language Semantics
201
202 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
203 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
204 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
205 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
206 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
207 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
208 action in the middle of a rule.
209
210 Tracking Locations
211
212 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
213 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
214 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
215
216 Bison Declarations
217
218 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
219 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
220 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
221 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
222 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
223 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
224 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
225 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
226 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
227 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
228 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
229 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
230
231 Parser C-Language Interface
232
233 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
234 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
235 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
236 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it returns.
237 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it returns.
238 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
239 which reads tokens.
240 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
241 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
242 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
243 native language.
244
245 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
246
247 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
248 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
249 of the token it has read.
250 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
251 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
252 actions want that.
253 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs in a pure parser
254 (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
255
256 The Bison Parser Algorithm
257
258 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
259 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
260 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
261 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
262 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
263 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
264 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
265 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
266 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
267
268 Operator Precedence
269
270 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
271 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
272 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
273 * How Precedence:: How they work.
274
275 Handling Context Dependencies
276
277 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
278 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
279 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
280 error recovery rules must be written.
281
282 Debugging Your Parser
283
284 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
285 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
286
287 Invoking Bison
288
289 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
290 in alphabetical order by short options.
291 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
292 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
293
294 Parsers Written In Other Languages
295
296 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
297 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
298
299 C++ Parsers
300
301 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
302 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
303 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
304 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
305 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
306 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
307
308 A Complete C++ Example
309
310 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
311 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
312 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
313 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
314 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
315
316 Java Parsers
317
318 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
319 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
320 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
321 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
322 * Java Scanner Interface:: Specifying the scanner for the parser
323 * Java Action Features:: Special features for use in actions
324 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
325 * Java Declarations Summary:: List of Bison declarations used with Java
326
327 Frequently Asked Questions
328
329 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
330 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
331 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
332 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
333 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
334 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
335 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
336 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
337 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
338 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
339 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
340 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
341
342 Copying This Manual
343
344 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
345
346 @end detailmenu
347 @end menu
348
349 @node Introduction
350 @unnumbered Introduction
351 @cindex introduction
352
353 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
354 annotated context-free grammar into a deterministic or @acronym{GLR}
355 parser employing @acronym{LALR}(1), @acronym{IELR}(1), or canonical
356 @acronym{LR}(1) parser tables.
357 Once you are proficient with Bison, you can use it to develop a wide
358 range of language parsers, from those used in simple desk calculators to
359 complex programming languages.
360
361 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
362 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
363 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
364 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
365
366 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
367 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
368 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
369 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
370
371 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
372 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
373 multi-character string literals and other features.
374
375 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
376
377 @node Conditions
378 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
379
380 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
381 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
382 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
383 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
384 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
385
386 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
387 compiler, have never
388 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
389 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
390 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
391 License to all of the Bison source code.
392
393 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
394 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
395 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
396 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
397 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
398 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
399 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
400
401 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
402 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
403 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
404 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
405 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
406 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
407
408 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
409 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
410 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
411 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
412 exception.
413
414 @node Copying
415 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
416 @include gpl-3.0.texi
417
418 @node Concepts
419 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
420
421 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
422 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
423 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
424
425 @menu
426 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
427 as mathematical ideas.
428 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
429 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
430 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
431 the name of an identifier, etc.).
432 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
433 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
434 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
435 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
436 how is the output used?
437 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
438 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
439 @end menu
440
441 @node Language and Grammar
442 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
443
444 @cindex context-free grammar
445 @cindex grammar, context-free
446 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
447 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
448 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
449 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
450 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
451 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
452 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
453 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
454 recursion.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
457 @cindex Backus-Naur form
458 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
459 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
460 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
461 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
462 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
463
464 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
465 @cindex @acronym{IELR}(1) grammars
466 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
467 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammars.
468 Although it can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is
469 optimized for what are called @acronym{LR}(1) grammars.
470 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to tell how to parse
471 any portion of an input string with just a single token of lookahead.
472 For historical reasons, Bison by default is limited by the additional
473 restrictions of @acronym{LALR}(1), which is hard to explain simply.
474 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
475 more information on this.
476 To escape these additional restrictions, you can request
477 @acronym{IELR}(1) or canonical @acronym{LR}(1) parser tables.
478 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.type}, to learn how.
479
480 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
481 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
482 @cindex ambiguous grammars
483 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
484
485 Parsers for @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
486 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
487 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
488 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
489 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
490 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
491 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
492 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
493 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
494 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
495 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
496 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
497 possible parses of any given string is finite.
498
499 @cindex symbols (abstract)
500 @cindex token
501 @cindex syntactic grouping
502 @cindex grouping, syntactic
503 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
504 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
505 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
506 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
507 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
508 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
509 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
510
511 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
512 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
513 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
514 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
515 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
516 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
517 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
518 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
519 lexicography, not grammar.)
520
521 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
522
523 @ifinfo
524 @example
525 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
526 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
527 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
528 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
529 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
530 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
531 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
532 @end example
533 @end ifinfo
534 @ifnotinfo
535 @example
536 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
537 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
538 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
539 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
540 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
541 @end example
542 @end ifnotinfo
543
544 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
545 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
546 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
547 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
548 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
549 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
550 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
551 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
552
553 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
554 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
555 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
556 reads informally as follows:
557
558 @quotation
559 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
560 `semicolon'.
561 @end quotation
562
563 @noindent
564 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
565 statement in C.
566
567 @cindex start symbol
568 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
569 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
570 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
571 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
572 plays this role.
573
574 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
575 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
576 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
577 not the start symbol.
578
579 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
580 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
581 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
582 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
583 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
584 reports a syntax error.
585
586 @node Grammar in Bison
587 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
588 @cindex Bison grammar
589 @cindex grammar, Bison
590 @cindex formal grammar
591
592 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
593 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
594 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
595
596 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
597 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
598 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
599
600 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
601 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
602 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
603 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
604 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
605 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
606 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
607 @xref{Symbols}.
608
609 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
610 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
611 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
612 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
613
614 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
615 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
616
617 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
618 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
619 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
620 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
621 used in every rule.
622
623 @example
624 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
625 ;
626 @end example
627
628 @noindent
629 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
630
631 @node Semantic Values
632 @section Semantic Values
633 @cindex semantic value
634 @cindex value, semantic
635
636 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
637 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
638 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
639 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
640 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
641 grammatical.
642
643 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
644 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
645 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
646 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
647 ,Defining Language Semantics},
648 for details.
649
650 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
651 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
652 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
653 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
654 except their types.
655
656 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
657 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
658 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
659 need to have any semantic value.)
660
661 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
662 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
663 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
664 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
665 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
666 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
667
668 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
669 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
670 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
671 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
672 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
673
674 @node Semantic Actions
675 @section Semantic Actions
676 @cindex semantic actions
677 @cindex actions, semantic
678
679 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
680 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
681 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
682 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
683 @xref{Actions}.
684
685 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
686 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
687 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
688 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
689 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
690 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
691 newly recognized larger expression.
692
693 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
694 two subexpressions:
695
696 @example
697 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
698 ;
699 @end example
700
701 @noindent
702 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
703 from the values of the two subexpressions.
704
705 @node GLR Parsers
706 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
707 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
708 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
709 @findex %glr-parser
710 @cindex conflicts
711 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
712 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
713
714 In some grammars, Bison's deterministic
715 @acronym{LR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
716 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
717 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
718 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
719 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
720 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
721 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
722 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
723
724 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LR}(1), a
725 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
726 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
727 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
728 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
729 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
730 declarations) identically to deterministic parsers. However, when
731 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
732 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
733 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
734 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
735 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
736 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
737 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
738 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
739 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
740 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
741 identical set of symbols.
742
743 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
744 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
745 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
746 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
747 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
748 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
749 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
750 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
751 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
752 merged result.
753
754 @menu
755 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
756 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
757 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
758 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
759 @end menu
760
761 @node Simple GLR Parsers
762 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
763 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
764 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
765 @findex %glr-parser
766 @findex %expect-rr
767 @cindex conflicts
768 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
769 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
770
771 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
772 to parse grammars that are unambiguous but fail to be @acronym{LR}(1).
773 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead.
774
775 Consider a problem that
776 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
777 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
778
779 @example
780 type subrange = lo .. hi;
781 type enum = (a, b, c);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 The original language standard allows only numeric
786 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
787 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
788 10206) and many other
789 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
790 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
791 parentheses:
792
793 @example
794 type subrange = (a) .. b;
795 @end example
796
797 @noindent
798 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
799 type with only one value:
800
801 @example
802 type enum = (a);
803 @end example
804
805 @noindent
806 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
807 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
808
809 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
810 With normal @acronym{LR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
811 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
812 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
813 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
814 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
815 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
816 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
817
818 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
819 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
820 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
821 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
822 expressions.
823
824 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
825 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
826 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
827 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
828 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
829 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
830 work.
831
832 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
833 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
834 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
835 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
836 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
837 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
838 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
839 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
840 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
841 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
842 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
843
844 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
845 reports a syntax error as usual.
846
847 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
848 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
849 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LR}(1) algorithm actually allows
850 for. In this example, @acronym{LR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
851 that are not @acronym{LR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
852
853 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
854 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
855 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
856 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
857 The present example contains only one conflict between two
858 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
859 cannot be nested. So the number of
860 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
861 and the parsing time is still linear.
862
863 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
864 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
865
866 @example
867 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
868
869 @group
870 %left '+' '-'
871 %left '*' '/'
872 @end group
873
874 %%
875
876 @group
877 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
878 ;
879 @end group
880
881 @group
882 type : '(' id_list ')'
883 | expr DOTDOT expr
884 ;
885 @end group
886
887 @group
888 id_list : ID
889 | id_list ',' ID
890 ;
891 @end group
892
893 @group
894 expr : '(' expr ')'
895 | expr '+' expr
896 | expr '-' expr
897 | expr '*' expr
898 | expr '/' expr
899 | ID
900 ;
901 @end group
902 @end example
903
904 When used as a normal @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
905 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
906 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
907 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
908 recognized:
909
910 @example
911 type t = (a) .. b;
912 @end example
913
914 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
915 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
916 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
917 @samp{%%}):
918
919 @example
920 %glr-parser
921 %expect-rr 1
922 @end example
923
924 @noindent
925 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
926 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
927 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
928 notice when the parser splits.
929
930 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
931 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
932 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
933 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
934 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
935 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
936 @acronym{LR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
937 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
938 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
939 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
940 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
941 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
942 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
943 correctness.
944
945 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
946 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
947 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
948 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
949 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
950 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
951
952 @node Merging GLR Parses
953 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
954 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
955 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
956 @findex %dprec
957 @findex %merge
958 @cindex conflicts
959 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
960
961 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
962
963 @example
964 %@{
965 #include <stdio.h>
966 #define YYSTYPE char const *
967 int yylex (void);
968 void yyerror (char const *);
969 %@}
970
971 %token TYPENAME ID
972
973 %right '='
974 %left '+'
975
976 %glr-parser
977
978 %%
979
980 prog :
981 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
982 ;
983
984 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
985 | decl %dprec 2
986 ;
987
988 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
989 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
990 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
991 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
992 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
993 ;
994
995 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
996 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
997 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
998 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
999 ;
1000
1001 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
1002 | '(' declarator ')'
1003 ;
1004 @end example
1005
1006 @noindent
1007 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
1008 certain declarations and statements. For example,
1009
1010 @example
1011 T (x) = y+z;
1012 @end example
1013
1014 @noindent
1015 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1016 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1017 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1018 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1019 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1020 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1021 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1022 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1023 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1024 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1025 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1026 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1027 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1028 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1029
1030 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1031 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1032 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1033 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1034 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1035 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1036 The parser therefore prints
1037
1038 @example
1039 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1040 @end example
1041
1042 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1043 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1044
1045 @example
1046 T (x) + y;
1047 @end example
1048
1049 @noindent
1050 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1051 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1052 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1053 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1054 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1055 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1056 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1057 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1058 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1059 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1060
1061 @example
1062 x T <cast> y +
1063 @end example
1064
1065 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1066 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1067 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1068 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1069 follows:
1070
1071 @example
1072 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1073 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1074 ;
1075 @end example
1076
1077 @noindent
1078 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1079
1080 @example
1081 static YYSTYPE
1082 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1083 @{
1084 printf ("<OR> ");
1085 return "";
1086 @}
1087 @end example
1088
1089 @noindent
1090 with an accompanying forward declaration
1091 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1092
1093 @example
1094 %@{
1095 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1096 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1097 %@}
1098 @end example
1099
1100 @noindent
1101 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1102 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1103
1104 @example
1105 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1106 @end example
1107
1108 Bison requires that all of the
1109 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1110 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1111 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1112 the offending merge.
1113
1114 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1115 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1116
1117 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1118 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1119 the associated reduction.
1120 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1121 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1122
1123 @vindex yychar
1124 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1125 @vindex yylval
1126 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1127 @vindex yylloc
1128 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1129 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1130 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1131 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1132 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1133 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1134 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1135 influence syntax analysis.
1136 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1137
1138 @findex yyclearin
1139 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1140 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1141 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1142 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1143 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1144 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1145 future versions of Bison.
1146 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1147 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1148 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1149
1150 @findex YYERROR
1151 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1152 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1153 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1154 initiate error recovery.
1155 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1156 the same as its effect in a deterministic parser.
1157 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1158 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1159
1160 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1161 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1162
1163 @node Compiler Requirements
1164 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1165 @cindex @code{inline}
1166 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1167
1168 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1169 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1170 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1171 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1172 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1173 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1174
1175 @example
1176 %@{
1177 #include <config.h>
1178 %@}
1179 @end example
1180
1181 @noindent
1182 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1183
1184 @example
1185 %@{
1186 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1187 #define inline
1188 #endif
1189 %@}
1190 @end example
1191
1192 @node Locations Overview
1193 @section Locations
1194 @cindex location
1195 @cindex textual location
1196 @cindex location, textual
1197
1198 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1199 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1200 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1201 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1202
1203 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1204 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1205 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1206 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1207
1208 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1209 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1210 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1211 @code{@@3}.
1212
1213 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1214 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1215 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1216 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1217 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1218 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1219 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1220
1221 @node Bison Parser
1222 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1223 @cindex Bison parser
1224 @cindex Bison utility
1225 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1226 @cindex parser
1227
1228 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1229 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1230 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1231 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1232 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1233 program.
1234
1235 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1236 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1237 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1238 uses.
1239
1240 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1241 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1242 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1243 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1244 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1245 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1246 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1247
1248 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1249 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1250 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1251 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1252 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1253 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1254 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1255 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1256
1257 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1258 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1259 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1260 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1261 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1262 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1263 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1264 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1265 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1266 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1267 meanings.
1268
1269 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1270 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1271 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1272 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1273 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1274 included if message translation is in use
1275 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1276 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1277 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1278
1279 @node Stages
1280 @section Stages in Using Bison
1281 @cindex stages in using Bison
1282 @cindex using Bison
1283
1284 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1285 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1286
1287 @enumerate
1288 @item
1289 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1290 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1291 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1292 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1293 sequence of C statements.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1297 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1298 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1299 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1300
1301 @item
1302 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1303
1304 @item
1305 Write error-reporting routines.
1306 @end enumerate
1307
1308 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1309 must follow these steps:
1310
1311 @enumerate
1312 @item
1313 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1314
1315 @item
1316 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1317
1318 @item
1319 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1320 @end enumerate
1321
1322 @node Grammar Layout
1323 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1324 @cindex grammar file
1325 @cindex file format
1326 @cindex format of grammar file
1327 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1328
1329 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1330 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1331
1332 @example
1333 %@{
1334 @var{Prologue}
1335 %@}
1336
1337 @var{Bison declarations}
1338
1339 %%
1340 @var{Grammar rules}
1341 %%
1342 @var{Epilogue}
1343 @end example
1344
1345 @noindent
1346 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1347 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1348
1349 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1350 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1351 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1352 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1353 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1354 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1355
1356 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1357 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1358 semantic values of various symbols.
1359
1360 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1361 parts.
1362
1363 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1364 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1365 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1366
1367 @node Examples
1368 @chapter Examples
1369 @cindex simple examples
1370 @cindex examples, simple
1371
1372 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1373 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1374 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1375 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1376 desk-top calculator.
1377
1378 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1379 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1380 source file to try them.
1381
1382 @menu
1383 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1384 a first example with no operator precedence.
1385 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1386 Operator precedence is introduced.
1387 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1388 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1389 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1390 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1391 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1392 @end menu
1393
1394 @node RPN Calc
1395 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1396 @cindex reverse polish notation
1397 @cindex polish notation calculator
1398 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1399 @cindex calculator, simple
1400
1401 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1402 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1403 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1404 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1405
1406 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1407 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1408
1409 @menu
1410 * Rpcalc Declarations:: Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1411 * Rpcalc Rules:: Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1412 * Rpcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
1413 * Rpcalc Main:: The controlling function.
1414 * Rpcalc Error:: The error reporting function.
1415 * Rpcalc Generate:: Running Bison on the grammar file.
1416 * Rpcalc Compile:: Run the C compiler on the output code.
1417 @end menu
1418
1419 @node Rpcalc Declarations
1420 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1421
1422 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1423 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1424
1425 @example
1426 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1427
1428 %@{
1429 #define YYSTYPE double
1430 #include <math.h>
1431 int yylex (void);
1432 void yyerror (char const *);
1433 %@}
1434
1435 %token NUM
1436
1437 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1438 @end example
1439
1440 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1441 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1442
1443 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1444 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1445 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1446 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1447 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1448 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1449 which is a floating point number.
1450
1451 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1452 function @code{pow}.
1453
1454 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1455 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1456 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1457 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1458 prologue.
1459
1460 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1461 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1462 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1463 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1464 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1465 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1466 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1467 type for numeric constants.
1468
1469 @node Rpcalc Rules
1470 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1471
1472 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1473
1474 @example
1475 input: /* empty */
1476 | input line
1477 ;
1478
1479 line: '\n'
1480 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1481 ;
1482
1483 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1484 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1485 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1486 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1487 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1488 /* Exponentiation */
1489 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1490 /* Unary minus */
1491 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1492 ;
1493 %%
1494 @end example
1495
1496 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1497 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1498 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1499 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1500 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1501 mean.
1502
1503 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1504 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1505 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1506
1507 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1508 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1509 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1510 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1511 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1512 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1513
1514 @menu
1515 * Rpcalc Input::
1516 * Rpcalc Line::
1517 * Rpcalc Expr::
1518 @end menu
1519
1520 @node Rpcalc Input
1521 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1522
1523 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1524
1525 @example
1526 input: /* empty */
1527 | input line
1528 ;
1529 @end example
1530
1531 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1532 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1533 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1534 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1535 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1536
1537 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1538 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1539 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1540 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1541 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1542 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1543
1544 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1545 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1546 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1547 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1548 more times.
1549
1550 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1551 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1552 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1553
1554 @node Rpcalc Line
1555 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1556
1557 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1558
1559 @example
1560 line: '\n'
1561 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1562 ;
1563 @end example
1564
1565 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1566 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1567 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1568 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1569 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1570 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1571 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1572
1573 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1574 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1575 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1576 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1577 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1578
1579 @node Rpcalc Expr
1580 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1581
1582 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1583 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1584 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1585 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1586
1587 @example
1588 exp: NUM
1589 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1590 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1591 @dots{}
1592 ;
1593 @end example
1594
1595 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1596 equally well have written them separately:
1597
1598 @example
1599 exp: NUM ;
1600 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1601 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1602 @dots{}
1603 @end example
1604
1605 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1606 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1607 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1608 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1609 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1610 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1611 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1612 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1613
1614 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1615 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1616 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1617
1618 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1619 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1620 For example, this:
1621
1622 @example
1623 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1624 @end example
1625
1626 @noindent
1627 means the same thing as this:
1628
1629 @example
1630 exp: NUM
1631 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1632 | @dots{}
1633 ;
1634 @end example
1635
1636 @noindent
1637 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1638
1639 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1640 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1641 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1642 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1643
1644 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1645 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1646 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1647 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1648
1649 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1650 calculator. This
1651 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1652 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1653 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1654 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1655
1656 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1657 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1658 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1659 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1660 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1661 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1662 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1663 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1664 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1665
1666 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1667 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1668 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1669 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Declarations,
1670 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1671
1672 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1673 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1674
1675 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1676
1677 @example
1678 @group
1679 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1680 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1681 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1682 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1683
1684 #include <ctype.h>
1685 @end group
1686
1687 @group
1688 int
1689 yylex (void)
1690 @{
1691 int c;
1692
1693 /* Skip white space. */
1694 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1695 ;
1696 @end group
1697 @group
1698 /* Process numbers. */
1699 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1700 @{
1701 ungetc (c, stdin);
1702 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1703 return NUM;
1704 @}
1705 @end group
1706 @group
1707 /* Return end-of-input. */
1708 if (c == EOF)
1709 return 0;
1710 /* Return a single char. */
1711 return c;
1712 @}
1713 @end group
1714 @end example
1715
1716 @node Rpcalc Main
1717 @subsection The Controlling Function
1718 @cindex controlling function
1719 @cindex main function in simple example
1720
1721 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1722 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1723 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 int
1728 main (void)
1729 @{
1730 return yyparse ();
1731 @}
1732 @end group
1733 @end example
1734
1735 @node Rpcalc Error
1736 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1737 @cindex error reporting routine
1738
1739 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1740 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1741 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1742 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1743 here is the definition we will use:
1744
1745 @example
1746 @group
1747 #include <stdio.h>
1748
1749 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1750 void
1751 yyerror (char const *s)
1752 @{
1753 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1754 @}
1755 @end group
1756 @end example
1757
1758 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1759 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1760 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1761 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1762 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1763 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1764
1765 @node Rpcalc Generate
1766 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1767 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1768
1769 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1770 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1771 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1772 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1773 end, in the epilogue of the file
1774 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1775
1776 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1777 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1778
1779 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1780 convert it into a parser file:
1781
1782 @example
1783 bison @var{file}.y
1784 @end example
1785
1786 @noindent
1787 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1788 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1789 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1790 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1791 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1792 are copied verbatim to the output.
1793
1794 @node Rpcalc Compile
1795 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1796 @cindex compiling the parser
1797
1798 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1799
1800 @example
1801 @group
1802 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1803 $ @kbd{ls}
1804 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1805 @end group
1806
1807 @group
1808 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1809 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1810 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1811 @end group
1812
1813 @group
1814 # @r{List files again.}
1815 $ @kbd{ls}
1816 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1817 @end group
1818 @end example
1819
1820 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1821 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1822
1823 @example
1824 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1825 @kbd{4 9 +}
1826 13
1827 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1828 -13
1829 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1830 13
1831 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1832 -3.166666667
1833 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1834 81
1835 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1836 $
1837 @end example
1838
1839 @node Infix Calc
1840 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1841 @cindex infix notation calculator
1842 @cindex @code{calc}
1843 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1844
1845 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1846 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1847 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1848 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1849
1850 @example
1851 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1852
1853 %@{
1854 #define YYSTYPE double
1855 #include <math.h>
1856 #include <stdio.h>
1857 int yylex (void);
1858 void yyerror (char const *);
1859 %@}
1860
1861 /* Bison declarations. */
1862 %token NUM
1863 %left '-' '+'
1864 %left '*' '/'
1865 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1866 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1867
1868 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1869 input: /* empty */
1870 | input line
1871 ;
1872
1873 line: '\n'
1874 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1875 ;
1876
1877 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1878 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1879 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1880 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1881 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1882 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1883 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1884 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1885 ;
1886 %%
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @noindent
1890 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1891 same as before.
1892
1893 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1894
1895 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1896 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1897 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1898 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1899 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1900 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1901 the associativity.)
1902
1903 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1904 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1905 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1906 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1907 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1908 Precedence}.
1909
1910 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1911 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1912 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1913 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1914 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1915
1916 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1917
1918 @need 500
1919 @example
1920 $ @kbd{calc}
1921 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1922 6.880952381
1923 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1924 -54
1925 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1926 9
1927 @end example
1928
1929 @node Simple Error Recovery
1930 @section Simple Error Recovery
1931 @cindex error recovery, simple
1932
1933 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1934 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1935 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1936 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1937 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1938 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1939
1940 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1941 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1942 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1943
1944 @example
1945 @group
1946 line: '\n'
1947 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1948 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1949 ;
1950 @end group
1951 @end example
1952
1953 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1954 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1955 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1956 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1957 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1958 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1959 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1960 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1961 misprint.
1962
1963 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1964 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1965 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1966 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1967 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1968 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1969 Bison programs.
1970
1971 @node Location Tracking Calc
1972 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1973 @cindex location tracking calculator
1974 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1975 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1976
1977 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1978 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1979 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1980 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1981 analyzer.
1982
1983 @menu
1984 * Ltcalc Declarations:: Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1985 * Ltcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1986 * Ltcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
1987 @end menu
1988
1989 @node Ltcalc Declarations
1990 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1991
1992 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1993 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1994
1995 @example
1996 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1997
1998 %@{
1999 #define YYSTYPE int
2000 #include <math.h>
2001 int yylex (void);
2002 void yyerror (char const *);
2003 %@}
2004
2005 /* Bison declarations. */
2006 %token NUM
2007
2008 %left '-' '+'
2009 %left '*' '/'
2010 %left NEG
2011 %right '^'
2012
2013 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2014 @end example
2015
2016 @noindent
2017 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2018 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2019 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2020 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2021 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2022 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2023 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2024 start at 1.
2025
2026 @node Ltcalc Rules
2027 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2028
2029 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2030 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2031 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2032 from the new information.
2033
2034 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2035 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2036
2037 @example
2038 @group
2039 input : /* empty */
2040 | input line
2041 ;
2042 @end group
2043
2044 @group
2045 line : '\n'
2046 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2047 ;
2048 @end group
2049
2050 @group
2051 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2052 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2053 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2054 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2055 @end group
2056 @group
2057 | exp '/' exp
2058 @{
2059 if ($3)
2060 $$ = $1 / $3;
2061 else
2062 @{
2063 $$ = 1;
2064 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2065 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2066 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2067 @}
2068 @}
2069 @end group
2070 @group
2071 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2072 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2073 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2074 @end group
2075 @end example
2076
2077 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2078 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2079 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2080
2081 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2082 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2083 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2084 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2085 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2086 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2087 hand.
2088
2089 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2090 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2091
2092 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2093 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2094 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2095 semantic values.
2096
2097 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2098 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2099
2100 @example
2101 @group
2102 int
2103 yylex (void)
2104 @{
2105 int c;
2106 @end group
2107
2108 @group
2109 /* Skip white space. */
2110 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2111 ++yylloc.last_column;
2112 @end group
2113
2114 @group
2115 /* Step. */
2116 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2117 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2118 @end group
2119
2120 @group
2121 /* Process numbers. */
2122 if (isdigit (c))
2123 @{
2124 yylval = c - '0';
2125 ++yylloc.last_column;
2126 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2127 @{
2128 ++yylloc.last_column;
2129 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2130 @}
2131 ungetc (c, stdin);
2132 return NUM;
2133 @}
2134 @end group
2135
2136 /* Return end-of-input. */
2137 if (c == EOF)
2138 return 0;
2139
2140 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2141 if (c == '\n')
2142 @{
2143 ++yylloc.last_line;
2144 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2145 @}
2146 else
2147 ++yylloc.last_column;
2148 return c;
2149 @}
2150 @end example
2151
2152 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2153 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2154 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2155 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2156
2157 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2158 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2159 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2160 controlling function:
2161
2162 @example
2163 @group
2164 int
2165 main (void)
2166 @{
2167 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2168 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2169 return yyparse ();
2170 @}
2171 @end group
2172 @end example
2173
2174 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2175 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2176 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2177
2178 @node Multi-function Calc
2179 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2180 @cindex multi-function calculator
2181 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2182 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2183
2184 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2185 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2186 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2187 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2188 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2189
2190 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2191 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2192 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2193 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2194 functions whose syntax has this form:
2195
2196 @example
2197 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2198 @end example
2199
2200 @noindent
2201 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2202 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2203 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2204
2205 @example
2206 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2207 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2208 3.1415926536
2209 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2210 0.0000000000
2211 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2212 2.3000000000
2213 @kbd{alpha}
2214 2.3000000000
2215 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2216 0.8329091229
2217 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2218 2.3000000000
2219 $
2220 @end example
2221
2222 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2223
2224 @menu
2225 * Mfcalc Declarations:: Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2226 * Mfcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for the calculator.
2227 * Mfcalc Symbol Table:: Symbol table management subroutines.
2228 @end menu
2229
2230 @node Mfcalc Declarations
2231 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2232
2233 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2234
2235 @smallexample
2236 @group
2237 %@{
2238 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2239 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2240 int yylex (void);
2241 void yyerror (char const *);
2242 %@}
2243 @end group
2244 @group
2245 %union @{
2246 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2247 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2248 @}
2249 @end group
2250 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2251 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2252 %type <val> exp
2253
2254 @group
2255 %right '='
2256 %left '-' '+'
2257 %left '*' '/'
2258 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2259 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2260 @end group
2261 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2262 @end smallexample
2263
2264 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2265 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2266 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2267
2268 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2269 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2270 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2271 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2272
2273 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2274 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2275 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2276 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2277 between angle brackets).
2278
2279 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2280 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2281 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2282 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2283 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2284 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2285
2286 @node Mfcalc Rules
2287 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2288
2289 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2290 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2291 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2292
2293 @smallexample
2294 @group
2295 input: /* empty */
2296 | input line
2297 ;
2298 @end group
2299
2300 @group
2301 line:
2302 '\n'
2303 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2304 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2305 ;
2306 @end group
2307
2308 @group
2309 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2310 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2311 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2312 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2313 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2314 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2315 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2316 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2317 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2318 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2319 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2320 ;
2321 @end group
2322 /* End of grammar. */
2323 %%
2324 @end smallexample
2325
2326 @node Mfcalc Symbol Table
2327 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2328 @cindex symbol table example
2329
2330 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2331 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2332 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2333 requires some additional C functions for support.
2334
2335 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2336 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2337 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2338
2339 @smallexample
2340 @group
2341 /* Function type. */
2342 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2343 @end group
2344
2345 @group
2346 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2347 struct symrec
2348 @{
2349 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2350 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2351 union
2352 @{
2353 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2354 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2355 @} value;
2356 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2357 @};
2358 @end group
2359
2360 @group
2361 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2362
2363 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2364 extern symrec *sym_table;
2365
2366 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2367 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2368 @end group
2369 @end smallexample
2370
2371 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2372 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2373 @code{init_table} as well:
2374
2375 @smallexample
2376 #include <stdio.h>
2377
2378 @group
2379 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2380 void
2381 yyerror (char const *s)
2382 @{
2383 printf ("%s\n", s);
2384 @}
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 struct init
2389 @{
2390 char const *fname;
2391 double (*fnct) (double);
2392 @};
2393 @end group
2394
2395 @group
2396 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2397 @{
2398 "sin", sin,
2399 "cos", cos,
2400 "atan", atan,
2401 "ln", log,
2402 "exp", exp,
2403 "sqrt", sqrt,
2404 0, 0
2405 @};
2406 @end group
2407
2408 @group
2409 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2410 symrec *sym_table;
2411 @end group
2412
2413 @group
2414 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2415 void
2416 init_table (void)
2417 @{
2418 int i;
2419 symrec *ptr;
2420 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2421 @{
2422 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2423 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2424 @}
2425 @}
2426 @end group
2427
2428 @group
2429 int
2430 main (void)
2431 @{
2432 init_table ();
2433 return yyparse ();
2434 @}
2435 @end group
2436 @end smallexample
2437
2438 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2439 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2440
2441 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2442 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2443 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2444 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2445 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2446 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2447
2448 @smallexample
2449 symrec *
2450 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2451 @{
2452 symrec *ptr;
2453 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2454 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2455 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2456 ptr->type = sym_type;
2457 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2458 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2459 sym_table = ptr;
2460 return ptr;
2461 @}
2462
2463 symrec *
2464 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2465 @{
2466 symrec *ptr;
2467 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2468 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2469 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2470 return ptr;
2471 return 0;
2472 @}
2473 @end smallexample
2474
2475 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2476 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2477 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2478 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2479
2480 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2481 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2482 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2483 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2484 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2485 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2486
2487 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2488 operators in @code{yylex}.
2489
2490 @smallexample
2491 @group
2492 #include <ctype.h>
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 int
2497 yylex (void)
2498 @{
2499 int c;
2500
2501 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2502 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2503
2504 if (c == EOF)
2505 return 0;
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2510 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2511 @{
2512 ungetc (c, stdin);
2513 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2514 return NUM;
2515 @}
2516 @end group
2517
2518 @group
2519 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2520 if (isalpha (c))
2521 @{
2522 symrec *s;
2523 static char *symbuf = 0;
2524 static int length = 0;
2525 int i;
2526 @end group
2527
2528 @group
2529 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2530 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2531 if (length == 0)
2532 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2533
2534 i = 0;
2535 do
2536 @end group
2537 @group
2538 @{
2539 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2540 if (i == length)
2541 @{
2542 length *= 2;
2543 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2544 @}
2545 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2546 symbuf[i++] = c;
2547 /* Get another character. */
2548 c = getchar ();
2549 @}
2550 @end group
2551 @group
2552 while (isalnum (c));
2553
2554 ungetc (c, stdin);
2555 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2556 @end group
2557
2558 @group
2559 s = getsym (symbuf);
2560 if (s == 0)
2561 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2562 yylval.tptr = s;
2563 return s->type;
2564 @}
2565
2566 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2567 return c;
2568 @}
2569 @end group
2570 @end smallexample
2571
2572 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2573 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2574 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2575
2576 @node Exercises
2577 @section Exercises
2578 @cindex exercises
2579
2580 @enumerate
2581 @item
2582 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2583
2584 @item
2585 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2586 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2587 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2588
2589 @item
2590 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2591 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2592 @end enumerate
2593
2594 @node Grammar File
2595 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2596
2597 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2598 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2599
2600 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2601 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2602
2603 @menu
2604 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2605 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2606 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2607 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2608 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2609 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2610 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2611 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2612 @end menu
2613
2614 @node Grammar Outline
2615 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2616
2617 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2618 appropriate delimiters:
2619
2620 @example
2621 %@{
2622 @var{Prologue}
2623 %@}
2624
2625 @var{Bison declarations}
2626
2627 %%
2628 @var{Grammar rules}
2629 %%
2630
2631 @var{Epilogue}
2632 @end example
2633
2634 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2635 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2636 continues until end of line.
2637
2638 @menu
2639 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2640 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2641 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2642 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2643 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2644 @end menu
2645
2646 @node Prologue
2647 @subsection The prologue
2648 @cindex declarations section
2649 @cindex Prologue
2650 @cindex declarations
2651
2652 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2653 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2654 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2655 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2656 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2657 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2658 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2659
2660 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2661 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2662 character constant.
2663
2664 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2665 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2666 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2667 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2668 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2669 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2670 @code{%union} declaration.
2671
2672 @smallexample
2673 %@{
2674 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2675 #include <stdio.h>
2676 #include "ptypes.h"
2677 %@}
2678
2679 %union @{
2680 long int n;
2681 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2682 @}
2683
2684 %@{
2685 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2686 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2687 %@}
2688
2689 @dots{}
2690 @end smallexample
2691
2692 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2693 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2694 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2695 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2696 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2697 @code{#include} directives.
2698
2699 @node Prologue Alternatives
2700 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2701 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2702
2703 @findex %code
2704 @findex %code requires
2705 @findex %code provides
2706 @findex %code top
2707 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2708 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2709 features.)
2710
2711 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2712 inflexible.
2713 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2714 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2715 Bison should generate it.
2716 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2717 one of @code{requires}, @code{provides}, @code{top}.
2718 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2719
2720 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2721
2722 @smallexample
2723 %@{
2724 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2725 #include <stdio.h>
2726 #include "ptypes.h"
2727 %@}
2728
2729 %union @{
2730 long int n;
2731 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2732 @}
2733
2734 %@{
2735 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2736 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2737 %@}
2738
2739 @dots{}
2740 @end smallexample
2741
2742 @noindent
2743 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2744 distinction between their functionality.
2745 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2746 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2747 definition?
2748 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2749 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2750 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2751 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2752 arguments?
2753 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2754 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2755
2756 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2757 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2758 This behavior raises a few questions.
2759 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2760 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2761 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2762 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2763 This behavior is not intuitive.
2764
2765 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2766 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2767 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2768 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2769
2770 @smallexample
2771 %code top @{
2772 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2773 #include <stdio.h>
2774
2775 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2776 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2777
2778 #include "ptypes.h"
2779 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2780 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2781 @{
2782 int first_line;
2783 int first_column;
2784 int last_line;
2785 int last_column;
2786 char *filename;
2787 @} YYLTYPE;
2788 @}
2789
2790 %union @{
2791 long int n;
2792 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2793 @}
2794
2795 %code @{
2796 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2797 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2798 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2799 @}
2800
2801 @dots{}
2802 @end smallexample
2803
2804 @noindent
2805 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2806 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2807 explicit which kind you intend.
2808 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2809
2810 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2811 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2812 parser source code file.
2813 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2814 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2815 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2816 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2817 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2818 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2819 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2820
2821 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2822 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2823 definitions.
2824 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2825
2826 @smallexample
2827 %code top @{
2828 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2829 #include <stdio.h>
2830 @}
2831
2832 %code requires @{
2833 #include "ptypes.h"
2834 @}
2835 %union @{
2836 long int n;
2837 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2838 @}
2839
2840 %code requires @{
2841 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2842 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2843 @{
2844 int first_line;
2845 int first_column;
2846 int last_line;
2847 int last_column;
2848 char *filename;
2849 @} YYLTYPE;
2850 @}
2851
2852 %code @{
2853 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2854 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2855 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2856 @}
2857
2858 @dots{}
2859 @end smallexample
2860
2861 @noindent
2862 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2863 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2864 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2865 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2866 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2867
2868 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2869 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2870 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2871 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2872 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2873 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2874 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2875 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2876 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2877 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2878 alternatives.
2879
2880 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2881 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2882 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2883 header file and the parser source code file.
2884 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2885 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2886 @code{%code requires}.
2887 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2888 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2889 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2890 @code{%code provides}:
2891
2892 @smallexample
2893 %code top @{
2894 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2895 #include <stdio.h>
2896 @}
2897
2898 %code requires @{
2899 #include "ptypes.h"
2900 @}
2901 %union @{
2902 long int n;
2903 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2904 @}
2905
2906 %code requires @{
2907 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2908 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2909 @{
2910 int first_line;
2911 int first_column;
2912 int last_line;
2913 int last_column;
2914 char *filename;
2915 @} YYLTYPE;
2916 @}
2917
2918 %code provides @{
2919 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2920 @}
2921
2922 %code @{
2923 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2924 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2925 @}
2926
2927 @dots{}
2928 @end smallexample
2929
2930 @noindent
2931 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2932 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2933 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2934
2935 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2936 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2937 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2938 @code{%code}.
2939 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2940 this order, Bison does not require it.
2941 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2942
2943 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2944 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2945 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2946 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2947
2948 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2949 organize your grammar file.
2950 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2951 type:
2952
2953 @smallexample
2954 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2955 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2956 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2957 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2958
2959 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2960 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2961 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2962 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2963 @end smallexample
2964
2965 @noindent
2966 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2967 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2968 type.
2969 (In the rules section, you must terminate each of those directives with a
2970 semicolon.)
2971 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2972 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2973 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2974 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2975
2976 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2977 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2978 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2979 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2980 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2981 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2982 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2983 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2984 as needed.
2985
2986 @node Bison Declarations
2987 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2988 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2989 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2990
2991 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2992 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2993 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2994 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2995
2996 @node Grammar Rules
2997 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2998 @cindex grammar rules section
2999 @cindex rules section for grammar
3000
3001 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
3002 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
3003
3004 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
3005 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
3006 if it is the first thing in the file.
3007
3008 @node Epilogue
3009 @subsection The epilogue
3010 @cindex additional C code section
3011 @cindex epilogue
3012 @cindex C code, section for additional
3013
3014 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
3015 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
3016 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
3017 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
3018 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
3019 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
3020 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
3021 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3022 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3023
3024 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3025 from the grammar rules.
3026
3027 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3028 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3029 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3030 of the grammar file.
3031
3032 @node Symbols
3033 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3034 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3035 @cindex terminal symbol
3036 @cindex token type
3037 @cindex symbol
3038
3039 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3040 of the language.
3041
3042 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3043 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3044 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3045 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3046 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3047 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3048 the symbol to stand for it.
3049
3050 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3051 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3052 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3053
3054 Symbol names can contain letters, underscores, period, and (not at the
3055 beginning) digits and dashes. Dashes in symbol names are a GNU
3056 extension, incompatible with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. Terminal symbols
3057 that contain periods or dashes make little sense: since they are not
3058 valid symbols (in most programming languages) they are not exported as
3059 token names.
3060
3061 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3062
3063 @itemize @bullet
3064 @item
3065 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3066 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3067 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3068 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3069
3070 @item
3071 @cindex character token
3072 @cindex literal token
3073 @cindex single-character literal
3074 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3075 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3076 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3077 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3078 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3079 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3080 ,Operator Precedence}).
3081
3082 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3083 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3084 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3085 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3086 your program will confuse other readers.
3087
3088 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3089 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3090 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3091 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3092 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3093 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3094 allowed.
3095
3096 @item
3097 @cindex string token
3098 @cindex literal string token
3099 @cindex multicharacter literal
3100 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3101 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3102 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3103 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3104 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3105
3106 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3107 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3108 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3109 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3110 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3111
3112 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3113
3114 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3115 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3116 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3117 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3118 read your program will be confused.
3119
3120 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3121 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3122 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3123 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3124 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3125 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3126 @end itemize
3127
3128 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3129 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3130 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3131
3132 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3133 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3134 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3135 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3136 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3137 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3138 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3139 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3140 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3141 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3142 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3143 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3144
3145 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3146 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3147 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3148 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3149 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3150
3151 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3152 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3153 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3154 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3155 characters in the following C-language string:
3156
3157 @example
3158 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3159 @end example
3160
3161 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3162 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3163 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3164 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3165 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3166 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3167 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3168 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3169 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3170 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3171 compiling them.
3172
3173 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3174 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3175 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3176 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3177 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3178
3179 @node Rules
3180 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3181 @cindex rule syntax
3182 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3183 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3184
3185 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3186
3187 @example
3188 @group
3189 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3190 ;
3191 @end group
3192 @end example
3193
3194 @noindent
3195 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3196 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3197 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3198
3199 For example,
3200
3201 @example
3202 @group
3203 exp: exp '+' exp
3204 ;
3205 @end group
3206 @end example
3207
3208 @noindent
3209 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3210 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3211
3212 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3213 extra white space as you wish.
3214
3215 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3216 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3217
3218 @example
3219 @{@var{C statements}@}
3220 @end example
3221
3222 @noindent
3223 @cindex braced code
3224 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3225 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3226 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3227 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3228 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3229
3230 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3231 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3232 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3233 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3234 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3235 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3236 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3237 character constants.
3238
3239 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3240 @xref{Actions}.
3241
3242 @findex |
3243 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3244 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3245
3246 @example
3247 @group
3248 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3249 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3250 @dots{}
3251 ;
3252 @end group
3253 @end example
3254
3255 @noindent
3256 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3257
3258 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3259 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3260 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3261
3262 @example
3263 @group
3264 expseq: /* empty */
3265 | expseq1
3266 ;
3267 @end group
3268
3269 @group
3270 expseq1: exp
3271 | expseq1 ',' exp
3272 ;
3273 @end group
3274 @end example
3275
3276 @noindent
3277 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3278 with no components.
3279
3280 @node Recursion
3281 @section Recursive Rules
3282 @cindex recursive rule
3283
3284 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3285 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3286 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3287 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3288 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3289
3290 @example
3291 @group
3292 expseq1: exp
3293 | expseq1 ',' exp
3294 ;
3295 @end group
3296 @end example
3297
3298 @cindex left recursion
3299 @cindex right recursion
3300 @noindent
3301 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3302 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3303 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3304
3305 @example
3306 @group
3307 expseq1: exp
3308 | exp ',' expseq1
3309 ;
3310 @end group
3311 @end example
3312
3313 @noindent
3314 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3315 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3316 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3317 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3318 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3319 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3320 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3321 of this.
3322
3323 @cindex mutual recursion
3324 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3325 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3326 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3327 side.
3328
3329 For example:
3330
3331 @example
3332 @group
3333 expr: primary
3334 | primary '+' primary
3335 ;
3336 @end group
3337
3338 @group
3339 primary: constant
3340 | '(' expr ')'
3341 ;
3342 @end group
3343 @end example
3344
3345 @noindent
3346 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3347 other.
3348
3349 @node Semantics
3350 @section Defining Language Semantics
3351 @cindex defining language semantics
3352 @cindex language semantics, defining
3353
3354 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3355 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3356 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3357
3358 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3359 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3360 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3361 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3362
3363 @menu
3364 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3365 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3366 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3367 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3368 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3369 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3370 action in the middle of a rule.
3371 @end menu
3372
3373 @node Value Type
3374 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3375 @cindex semantic value type
3376 @cindex value type, semantic
3377 @cindex data types of semantic values
3378 @cindex default data type
3379
3380 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3381 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3382 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3383 Notation Calculator}).
3384
3385 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3386 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3387 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3388
3389 @example
3390 #define YYSTYPE double
3391 @end example
3392
3393 @noindent
3394 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3395 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3396 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3397 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3398
3399 @node Multiple Types
3400 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3401
3402 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3403 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3404 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3405 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3406 symbol table.
3407
3408 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3409 requires you to do two things:
3410
3411 @itemize @bullet
3412 @item
3413 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3414 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3415 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3416 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3417 the type tags.
3418
3419 @item
3420 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3421 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3422 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3423 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3424 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3425 @end itemize
3426
3427 @node Actions
3428 @subsection Actions
3429 @cindex action
3430 @vindex $$
3431 @vindex $@var{n}
3432
3433 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3434 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3435 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3436 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3437
3438 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3439 placed at any position in the rule;
3440 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3441 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3442 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3443 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3444
3445 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3446 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3447 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3448 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3449 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3450 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3451 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3452
3453 Here is a typical example:
3454
3455 @example
3456 @group
3457 exp: @dots{}
3458 | exp '+' exp
3459 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3460 @end group
3461 @end example
3462
3463 @noindent
3464 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3465 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3466 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3467 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3468 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3469 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3470 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3471 referred to as @code{$2}.
3472
3473 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3474 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3475 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3476 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3477 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3478
3479 @example
3480 @group
3481 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3482 @end group
3483 @end example
3484
3485 @cindex default action
3486 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3487 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3488 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3489 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3490 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3491 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3492
3493 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3494 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3495 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3496 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3497 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3498
3499 @example
3500 @group
3501 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3502 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3503 ;
3504 @end group
3505
3506 @group
3507 bar: /* empty */
3508 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3509 ;
3510 @end group
3511 @end example
3512
3513 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3514 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3515 definition of @code{foo}.
3516
3517 @vindex yylval
3518 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3519 any, from a semantic action.
3520 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3521 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3522
3523 @node Action Types
3524 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3525 @cindex action data types
3526 @cindex data types in actions
3527
3528 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3529 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3530
3531 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3532 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3533 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3534 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3535 in the rule. In this example,
3536
3537 @example
3538 @group
3539 exp: @dots{}
3540 | exp '+' exp
3541 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3542 @end group
3543 @end example
3544
3545 @noindent
3546 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3547 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3548 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3549 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3550
3551 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3552 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3553 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3554
3555 @example
3556 @group
3557 %union @{
3558 int itype;
3559 double dtype;
3560 @}
3561 @end group
3562 @end example
3563
3564 @noindent
3565 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3566 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3567
3568 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3569 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3570 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3571 @cindex mid-rule actions
3572
3573 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3574 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3575 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3576
3577 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3578 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3579 it is run before they are parsed.
3580
3581 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3582 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3583 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3584 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3585 @code{$@var{n}}.
3586
3587 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3588 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3589 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3590 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3591 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3592 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3593
3594 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3595 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3596 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3597 at the end of the rule.
3598
3599 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3600 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3601 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3602 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3603 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3604 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3605
3606 @example
3607 @group
3608 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3609 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3610 declare_variable ($3); @}
3611 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3612 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3613 @end group
3614 @end example
3615
3616 @noindent
3617 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3618 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3619 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3620 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3621 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3622 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3623 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3624 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3625
3626 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3627 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3628 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3629 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3630 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3631
3632 @findex %destructor
3633 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3634 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3635 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3636 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3637 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3638 restoring it.
3639 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3640 Discarded Symbols}).
3641 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3642 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3643
3644 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3645 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3646
3647 @example
3648 @group
3649 %type <context> let
3650 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3651
3652 %%
3653
3654 stmt: let stmt
3655 @{ $$ = $2;
3656 pop_context ($1); @}
3657 ;
3658
3659 let: LET '(' var ')'
3660 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3661 declare_variable ($3); @}
3662 ;
3663
3664 @end group
3665 @end example
3666
3667 @noindent
3668 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3669 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3670 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3671
3672 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3673 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3674 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3675 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3676 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3677 declaration or not:
3678
3679 @example
3680 @group
3681 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3682 | '@{' statements '@}'
3683 ;
3684 @end group
3685 @end example
3686
3687 @noindent
3688 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3689
3690 @example
3691 @group
3692 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3693 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3694 @end group
3695 @group
3696 | '@{' statements '@}'
3697 ;
3698 @end group
3699 @end example
3700
3701 @noindent
3702 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3703 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3704 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3705 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3706 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3707 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3708
3709 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3710 actions into the two rules, like this:
3711
3712 @example
3713 @group
3714 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3715 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3716 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3717 '@{' statements '@}'
3718 ;
3719 @end group
3720 @end example
3721
3722 @noindent
3723 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3724 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3725
3726 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3727 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3728 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3729
3730 @example
3731 @group
3732 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3733 declarations statements '@}'
3734 | '@{' statements '@}'
3735 ;
3736 @end group
3737 @end example
3738
3739 @noindent
3740 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3741 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3742
3743 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3744 serves as a subroutine:
3745
3746 @example
3747 @group
3748 subroutine: /* empty */
3749 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3750 ;
3751
3752 @end group
3753
3754 @group
3755 compound: subroutine
3756 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3757 | subroutine
3758 '@{' statements '@}'
3759 ;
3760 @end group
3761 @end example
3762
3763 @noindent
3764 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3765 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3766
3767 @node Locations
3768 @section Tracking Locations
3769 @cindex location
3770 @cindex textual location
3771 @cindex location, textual
3772
3773 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3774 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3775 especially symbol locations.
3776
3777 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3778 actions to take when rules are matched.
3779
3780 @menu
3781 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3782 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3783 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3784 @end menu
3785
3786 @node Location Type
3787 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3788 @cindex data type of locations
3789 @cindex default location type
3790
3791 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3792 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3793
3794 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3795 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3796 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3797 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3798 four members:
3799
3800 @example
3801 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3802 @{
3803 int first_line;
3804 int first_column;
3805 int last_line;
3806 int last_column;
3807 @} YYLTYPE;
3808 @end example
3809
3810 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3811 for @code{yylloc}.
3812
3813 @node Actions and Locations
3814 @subsection Actions and Locations
3815 @cindex location actions
3816 @cindex actions, location
3817 @vindex @@$
3818 @vindex @@@var{n}
3819
3820 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3821 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3822
3823 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3824 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3825 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3826 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3827 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3828 @code{@@$}.
3829
3830 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3831
3832 @example
3833 @group
3834 exp: @dots{}
3835 | exp '/' exp
3836 @{
3837 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3838 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3839 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3840 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3841 if ($3)
3842 $$ = $1 / $3;
3843 else
3844 @{
3845 $$ = 1;
3846 fprintf (stderr,
3847 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3848 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3849 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3850 @}
3851 @}
3852 @end group
3853 @end example
3854
3855 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3856 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3857 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3858 last symbol.
3859
3860 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3861 example above simply rewrites this way:
3862
3863 @example
3864 @group
3865 exp: @dots{}
3866 | exp '/' exp
3867 @{
3868 if ($3)
3869 $$ = $1 / $3;
3870 else
3871 @{
3872 $$ = 1;
3873 fprintf (stderr,
3874 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3875 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3876 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3877 @}
3878 @}
3879 @end group
3880 @end example
3881
3882 @vindex yylloc
3883 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3884 from a semantic action.
3885 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3886 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3887
3888 @node Location Default Action
3889 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3890 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3891 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3892
3893 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3894 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3895 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3896 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3897 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3898 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3899 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3900 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3901 of that ambiguity.
3902
3903 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3904 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3905
3906 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3907 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3908 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3909 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3910 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3911 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3912 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3913 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3914 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3915 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3916
3917 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3918
3919 @smallexample
3920 @group
3921 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3922 do \
3923 if (N) \
3924 @{ \
3925 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3926 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3927 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3928 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3929 @} \
3930 else \
3931 @{ \
3932 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3933 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3934 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3935 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3936 @} \
3937 while (0)
3938 @end group
3939 @end smallexample
3940
3941 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3942 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3943 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3944
3945 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3946
3947 @itemize @bullet
3948 @item
3949 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3950 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3951
3952 @item
3953 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3954 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3955 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3956 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3957
3958 @item
3959 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3960 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3961 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3962 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3963 @end itemize
3964
3965 @node Declarations
3966 @section Bison Declarations
3967 @cindex declarations, Bison
3968 @cindex Bison declarations
3969
3970 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3971 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3972 @xref{Symbols}.
3973
3974 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3975 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3976 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3977 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3978
3979 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3980 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3981 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3982 Grammars}).
3983
3984 @menu
3985 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3986 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3987 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3988 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3989 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3990 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3991 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3992 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3993 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3994 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3995 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
3996 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3997 @end menu
3998
3999 @node Require Decl
4000 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
4001 @cindex version requirement
4002 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
4003 @findex %require
4004
4005 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
4006 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
4007 status 63).
4008
4009 @example
4010 %require "@var{version}"
4011 @end example
4012
4013 @node Token Decl
4014 @subsection Token Type Names
4015 @cindex declaring token type names
4016 @cindex token type names, declaring
4017 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
4018 @findex %token
4019
4020 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
4021
4022 @example
4023 %token @var{name}
4024 @end example
4025
4026 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4027 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4028 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4029
4030 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
4031 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4032 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4033 Precedence}.
4034
4035 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4036 a nonnegative decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4037 following the token name:
4038
4039 @example
4040 %token NUM 300
4041 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4042 @end example
4043
4044 @noindent
4045 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4046 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4047 with each other or with normal characters.
4048
4049 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4050 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4051 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4052 Than One Value Type}).
4053
4054 For example:
4055
4056 @example
4057 @group
4058 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4059 double val;
4060 symrec *tptr;
4061 @}
4062 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4063 @end group
4064 @end example
4065
4066 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4067 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4068 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4069
4070 @example
4071 %token arrow "=>"
4072 @end example
4073
4074 @noindent
4075 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4076 equivalent literal string tokens:
4077
4078 @example
4079 %token <operator> OR "||"
4080 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4081 %left OR "<="
4082 @end example
4083
4084 @noindent
4085 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4086 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4087 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4088 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4089 Syntax error messages passed to @code{yyerror} from the parser will reference
4090 the literal string instead of the token name.
4091
4092 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
4093 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
4094 of ``$end'':
4095
4096 @example
4097 %token END 0 "end of file"
4098 @end example
4099
4100 @node Precedence Decl
4101 @subsection Operator Precedence
4102 @cindex precedence declarations
4103 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4104 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4105
4106 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4107 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4108 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4109 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4110 operator precedence.
4111
4112 The syntax of a precedence declaration is nearly the same as that of
4113 @code{%token}: either
4114
4115 @example
4116 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4117 @end example
4118
4119 @noindent
4120 or
4121
4122 @example
4123 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4124 @end example
4125
4126 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4127 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4128 all the @var{symbols}:
4129
4130 @itemize @bullet
4131 @item
4132 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4133 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4134 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4135 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4136 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4137 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4138 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4139 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4140 considered a syntax error.
4141
4142 @item
4143 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4144 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4145 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4146 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4147 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4148 @end itemize
4149
4150 For backward compatibility, there is a confusing difference between the
4151 argument lists of @code{%token} and precedence declarations.
4152 Only a @code{%token} can associate a literal string with a token type name.
4153 A precedence declaration always interprets a literal string as a reference to a
4154 separate token.
4155 For example:
4156
4157 @example
4158 %left OR "<=" // Does not declare an alias.
4159 %left OR 134 "<=" 135 // Declares 134 for OR and 135 for "<=".
4160 @end example
4161
4162 @node Union Decl
4163 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4164 @cindex declaring value types
4165 @cindex value types, declaring
4166 @findex %union
4167
4168 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4169 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4170 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4171 @code{union} in C@.
4172
4173 For example:
4174
4175 @example
4176 @group
4177 %union @{
4178 double val;
4179 symrec *tptr;
4180 @}
4181 @end group
4182 @end example
4183
4184 @noindent
4185 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4186 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4187 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4188 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4189
4190 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4191 @code{union}. For example:
4192
4193 @example
4194 @group
4195 %union value @{
4196 double val;
4197 symrec *tptr;
4198 @}
4199 @end group
4200 @end example
4201
4202 @noindent
4203 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4204 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4205 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4206
4207 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4208 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4209 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4210
4211 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4212 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4213
4214 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4215 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4216 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4217 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4218
4219 @example
4220 @group
4221 union YYSTYPE @{
4222 double val;
4223 symrec *tptr;
4224 @};
4225 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4226 @end group
4227 @end example
4228
4229 @noindent
4230 and then your grammar can use the following
4231 instead of @code{%union}:
4232
4233 @example
4234 @group
4235 %@{
4236 #include "parser.h"
4237 %@}
4238 %type <val> expr
4239 %token <tptr> ID
4240 @end group
4241 @end example
4242
4243 @node Type Decl
4244 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4245 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4246 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4247 @findex %type
4248
4249 @noindent
4250 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4251 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4252 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4253
4254 @example
4255 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4256 @end example
4257
4258 @noindent
4259 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4260 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4261 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4262 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4263 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4264 the symbol names.
4265
4266 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4267 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4268 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4269 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4270
4271 @node Initial Action Decl
4272 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4273 @findex %initial-action
4274
4275 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4276 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4277 code.
4278
4279 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4280 @findex %initial-action
4281 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4282 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4283 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4284 @code{%parse-param}.
4285 @end deffn
4286
4287 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4288
4289 @example
4290 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4291 %initial-action
4292 @{
4293 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4294 @};
4295 @end example
4296
4297
4298 @node Destructor Decl
4299 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4300 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4301 @findex %destructor
4302 @findex <*>
4303 @findex <>
4304 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4305 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4306 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4307 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4308 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4309 must discard the start symbol.
4310
4311 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4312 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4313 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4314 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4315
4316 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4317 symbol is automatically discarded.
4318
4319 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4320 @findex %destructor
4321 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4322 @var{symbols}.
4323 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4324 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4325 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4326 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4327
4328 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4329 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4330 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4331 tag among @var{symbols}.
4332 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4333 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4334 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4335
4336 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4337 (These default forms are experimental.
4338 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4339 features.)
4340 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4341 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4342 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4343 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4344 @code{%destructor}.
4345 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4346 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4347 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4348 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4349 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4350 @end deffn
4351
4352 @noindent
4353 For example:
4354
4355 @smallexample
4356 %union @{ char *string; @}
4357 %token <string> STRING1
4358 %token <string> STRING2
4359 %type <string> string1
4360 %type <string> string2
4361 %union @{ char character; @}
4362 %token <character> CHR
4363 %type <character> chr
4364 %token TAGLESS
4365
4366 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4367 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4368 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4369 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4370 @end smallexample
4371
4372 @noindent
4373 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4374 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4375 to @code{free} by default.
4376 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4377 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4378 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4379 @code{free} only once.
4380 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4381 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4382
4383 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4384 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4385 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4386 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4387 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4388 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4389 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4390 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4391 reference it in your grammar.
4392 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4393 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4394
4395 @smallexample
4396 %token END 0
4397 @end smallexample
4398
4399 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4400 @cindex mid-rule actions
4401 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4402 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4403 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4404 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4405 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4406 rule.
4407 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4408 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4409
4410 @ignore
4411 @noindent
4412 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4413 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4414 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4415 @end ignore
4416
4417 @sp 1
4418
4419 @cindex discarded symbols
4420 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4421
4422 @itemize
4423 @item
4424 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4425 @item
4426 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4427 @item
4428 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4429 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4430 @item
4431 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4432 @end itemize
4433
4434 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4435 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4436 exhaustion.
4437
4438 Right-hand side symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4439 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4440 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4441 the memory.
4442
4443 @node Expect Decl
4444 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4445 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4446 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4447 @cindex warnings, preventing
4448 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4449 @findex %expect
4450 @findex %expect-rr
4451
4452 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4453 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4454 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4455 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4456 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4457 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4458
4459 The declaration looks like this:
4460
4461 @example
4462 %expect @var{n}
4463 @end example
4464
4465 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4466 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4467 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4468 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4469
4470 For deterministic parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4471 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4472 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4473 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4474 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4475 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4476 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4477
4478 @example
4479 %expect-rr @var{n}
4480 @end example
4481
4482 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4483
4484 @itemize @bullet
4485 @item
4486 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4487 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4488 print the number of conflicts.
4489
4490 @item
4491 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4492 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4493 go back to the beginning.
4494
4495 @item
4496 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4497 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4498 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4499 @end itemize
4500
4501 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4502 will keep silent otherwise.
4503
4504 @node Start Decl
4505 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4506 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4507 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4508 @cindex default start symbol
4509 @findex %start
4510
4511 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4512 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4513 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4514
4515 @example
4516 %start @var{symbol}
4517 @end example
4518
4519 @node Pure Decl
4520 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4521 @cindex reentrant parser
4522 @cindex pure parser
4523 @findex %define api.pure
4524
4525 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4526 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4527 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4528 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4529 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4530 program must be called only within interlocks.
4531
4532 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4533 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4534 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4535 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4536 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4537
4538 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4539 declaration @code{%define api.pure} says that you want the parser to be
4540 reentrant. It looks like this:
4541
4542 @example
4543 %define api.pure
4544 @end example
4545
4546 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4547 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4548 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4549 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4550 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs}
4551 becomes local in @code{yyparse} in pull mode but it becomes a member
4552 of yypstate in push mode. (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4553 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4554 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4555
4556 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4557 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4558 valid grammar.
4559
4560 @node Push Decl
4561 @subsection A Push Parser
4562 @cindex push parser
4563 @cindex push parser
4564 @findex %define api.push_pull
4565
4566 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
4567 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4568
4569 A pull parser is called once and it takes control until all its input
4570 is completely parsed. A push parser, on the other hand, is called
4571 each time a new token is made available.
4572
4573 A push parser is typically useful when the parser is part of a
4574 main event loop in the client's application. This is typically
4575 a requirement of a GUI, when the main event loop needs to be triggered
4576 within a certain time period.
4577
4578 Normally, Bison generates a pull parser.
4579 The following Bison declaration says that you want the parser to be a push
4580 parser (@pxref{Decl Summary,,%define api.push_pull}):
4581
4582 @example
4583 %define api.push_pull "push"
4584 @end example
4585
4586 In almost all cases, you want to ensure that your push parser is also
4587 a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). The only
4588 time you should create an impure push parser is to have backwards
4589 compatibility with the impure Yacc pull mode interface. Unless you know
4590 what you are doing, your declarations should look like this:
4591
4592 @example
4593 %define api.pure
4594 %define api.push_pull "push"
4595 @end example
4596
4597 There is a major notable functional difference between the pure push parser
4598 and the impure push parser. It is acceptable for a pure push parser to have
4599 many parser instances, of the same type of parser, in memory at the same time.
4600 An impure push parser should only use one parser at a time.
4601
4602 When a push parser is selected, Bison will generate some new symbols in
4603 the generated parser. @code{yypstate} is a structure that the generated
4604 parser uses to store the parser's state. @code{yypstate_new} is the
4605 function that will create a new parser instance. @code{yypstate_delete}
4606 will free the resources associated with the corresponding parser instance.
4607 Finally, @code{yypush_parse} is the function that should be called whenever a
4608 token is available to provide the parser. A trivial example
4609 of using a pure push parser would look like this:
4610
4611 @example
4612 int status;
4613 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4614 do @{
4615 status = yypush_parse (ps, yylex (), NULL);
4616 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4617 yypstate_delete (ps);
4618 @end example
4619
4620 If the user decided to use an impure push parser, a few things about
4621 the generated parser will change. The @code{yychar} variable becomes
4622 a global variable instead of a variable in the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4623 For this reason, the signature of the @code{yypush_parse} function is
4624 changed to remove the token as a parameter. A nonreentrant push parser
4625 example would thus look like this:
4626
4627 @example
4628 extern int yychar;
4629 int status;
4630 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4631 do @{
4632 yychar = yylex ();
4633 status = yypush_parse (ps);
4634 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4635 yypstate_delete (ps);
4636 @end example
4637
4638 That's it. Notice the next token is put into the global variable @code{yychar}
4639 for use by the next invocation of the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4640
4641 Bison also supports both the push parser interface along with the pull parser
4642 interface in the same generated parser. In order to get this functionality,
4643 you should replace the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} declaration with the
4644 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration. Doing this will create all of
4645 the symbols mentioned earlier along with the two extra symbols, @code{yyparse}
4646 and @code{yypull_parse}. @code{yyparse} can be used exactly as it normally
4647 would be used. However, the user should note that it is implemented in the
4648 generated parser by calling @code{yypull_parse}.
4649 This makes the @code{yyparse} function that is generated with the
4650 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration slower than the normal
4651 @code{yyparse} function. If the user
4652 calls the @code{yypull_parse} function it will parse the rest of the input
4653 stream. It is possible to @code{yypush_parse} tokens to select a subgrammar
4654 and then @code{yypull_parse} the rest of the input stream. If you would like
4655 to switch back and forth between between parsing styles, you would have to
4656 write your own @code{yypull_parse} function that knows when to quit looking
4657 for input. An example of using the @code{yypull_parse} function would look
4658 like this:
4659
4660 @example
4661 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4662 yypull_parse (ps); /* Will call the lexer */
4663 yypstate_delete (ps);
4664 @end example
4665
4666 Adding the @code{%define api.pure} declaration does exactly the same thing to
4667 the generated parser with @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} as it did for
4668 @code{%define api.push_pull "push"}.
4669
4670 @node Decl Summary
4671 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4672 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4673 @cindex declaration summary
4674 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4675
4676 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4677
4678 @deffn {Directive} %union
4679 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4680 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4681 @end deffn
4682
4683 @deffn {Directive} %token
4684 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4685 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4686 @end deffn
4687
4688 @deffn {Directive} %right
4689 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4690 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4691 @end deffn
4692
4693 @deffn {Directive} %left
4694 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4695 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4696 @end deffn
4697
4698 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4699 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4700 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4701 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @ifset defaultprec
4705 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4706 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4707 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4708 @end deffn
4709 @end ifset
4710
4711 @deffn {Directive} %type
4712 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4713 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4714 @end deffn
4715
4716 @deffn {Directive} %start
4717 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4718 Start-Symbol}).
4719 @end deffn
4720
4721 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4722 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4723 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726
4727 @sp 1
4728 @noindent
4729 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4730 directives:
4731
4732 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4733 @findex %code
4734 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4735 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at a language-dependent default location in the
4736 output@footnote{The default location is actually skeleton-dependent;
4737 writers of non-standard skeletons however should choose the default location
4738 consistently with the behavior of the standard Bison skeletons.}.
4739
4740 @cindex Prologue
4741 For C/C++, the default location is the parser source code
4742 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4743 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4744 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4745 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4746
4747 For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4748
4749 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4750 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4751 feature.)
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4755 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4756 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4757 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4758 use this form instead.
4759
4760 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4761 where Bison should generate it.
4762 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4763
4764 @itemize @bullet
4765 @item requires
4766 @findex %code requires
4767
4768 @itemize @bullet
4769 @item Language(s): C, C++
4770
4771 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4772 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4773 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4774 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4775 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4776
4777 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4778 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4779 @end itemize
4780
4781 @item provides
4782 @findex %code provides
4783
4784 @itemize @bullet
4785 @item Language(s): C, C++
4786
4787 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4788 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4789
4790 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4791 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4792 @end itemize
4793
4794 @item top
4795 @findex %code top
4796
4797 @itemize @bullet
4798 @item Language(s): C, C++
4799
4800 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4801 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4802 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4803 parser source code file.
4804 For example:
4805
4806 @smallexample
4807 %code top @{
4808 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4809 #include <stdio.h>
4810 @}
4811 @end smallexample
4812
4813 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4814 @end itemize
4815
4816 @item imports
4817 @findex %code imports
4818
4819 @itemize @bullet
4820 @item Language(s): Java
4821
4822 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4823
4824 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4825 before any class definitions.
4826 @end itemize
4827 @end itemize
4828
4829 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4830 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4831 feature.)
4832
4833 @cindex Prologue
4834 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4835 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4836 @end deffn
4837
4838 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4839 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4840 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4841 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4842 @end deffn
4843
4844 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{variable}
4845 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{variable} "@var{value}"
4846 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4847 The possible choices for @var{variable}, as well as their meanings, depend on
4848 the selected target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl
4849 Summary,,%language}, @pxref{Decl Summary,,%skeleton}).
4850
4851 Bison will warn if a @var{variable} is defined multiple times.
4852
4853 Omitting @code{"@var{value}"} is always equivalent to specifying it as
4854 @code{""}.
4855
4856 Some @var{variable}s may be used as Booleans.
4857 In this case, Bison will complain if the variable definition does not meet one
4858 of the following four conditions:
4859
4860 @enumerate
4861 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"true"}
4862
4863 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is omitted (or is @code{""}).
4864 This is equivalent to @code{"true"}.
4865
4866 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"false"}.
4867
4868 @item @var{variable} is never defined.
4869 In this case, Bison selects a default value, which may depend on the selected
4870 target language and/or parser skeleton.
4871 @end enumerate
4872
4873 Some of the accepted @var{variable}s are:
4874
4875 @itemize @bullet
4876 @item api.pure
4877 @findex %define api.pure
4878
4879 @itemize @bullet
4880 @item Language(s): C
4881
4882 @item Purpose: Request a pure (reentrant) parser program.
4883 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
4884
4885 @item Accepted Values: Boolean
4886
4887 @item Default Value: @code{"false"}
4888 @end itemize
4889
4890 @item api.push_pull
4891 @findex %define api.push_pull
4892
4893 @itemize @bullet
4894 @item Language(s): C (deterministic parsers only)
4895
4896 @item Purpose: Requests a pull parser, a push parser, or both.
4897 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
4898 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
4899 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4900
4901 @item Accepted Values: @code{"pull"}, @code{"push"}, @code{"both"}
4902
4903 @item Default Value: @code{"pull"}
4904 @end itemize
4905
4906 @item lr.default_reductions
4907 @cindex default reductions
4908 @findex %define lr.default_reductions
4909 @cindex delayed syntax errors
4910 @cindex syntax errors delayed
4911
4912 @itemize @bullet
4913 @item Language(s): all
4914
4915 @item Purpose: Specifies the kind of states that are permitted to
4916 contain default reductions.
4917 That is, in such a state, Bison declares the reduction with the largest
4918 lookahead set to be the default reduction and then removes that
4919 lookahead set.
4920 The advantages of default reductions are discussed below.
4921 The disadvantage is that, when the generated parser encounters a
4922 syntactically unacceptable token, the parser might then perform
4923 unnecessary default reductions before it can detect the syntax error.
4924
4925 (This feature is experimental.
4926 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4927
4928 @item Accepted Values:
4929 @itemize
4930 @item @code{"all"}.
4931 For @acronym{LALR} and @acronym{IELR} parsers (@pxref{Decl
4932 Summary,,lr.type}) by default, all states are permitted to contain
4933 default reductions.
4934 The advantage is that parser table sizes can be significantly reduced.
4935 The reason Bison does not by default attempt to address the disadvantage
4936 of delayed syntax error detection is that this disadvantage is already
4937 inherent in @acronym{LALR} and @acronym{IELR} parser tables.
4938 That is, unlike in a canonical @acronym{LR} state, the lookahead sets of
4939 reductions in an @acronym{LALR} or @acronym{IELR} state can contain
4940 tokens that are syntactically incorrect for some left contexts.
4941
4942 @item @code{"consistent"}.
4943 @cindex consistent states
4944 A consistent state is a state that has only one possible action.
4945 If that action is a reduction, then the parser does not need to request
4946 a lookahead token from the scanner before performing that action.
4947 However, the parser only recognizes the ability to ignore the lookahead
4948 token when such a reduction is encoded as a default reduction.
4949 Thus, if default reductions are permitted in and only in consistent
4950 states, then a canonical @acronym{LR} parser reports a syntax error as
4951 soon as it @emph{needs} the syntactically unacceptable token from the
4952 scanner.
4953
4954 @item @code{"accepting"}.
4955 @cindex accepting state
4956 By default, the only default reduction permitted in a canonical
4957 @acronym{LR} parser is the accept action in the accepting state, which
4958 the parser reaches only after reading all tokens from the input.
4959 Thus, the default canonical @acronym{LR} parser reports a syntax error
4960 as soon as it @emph{reaches} the syntactically unacceptable token
4961 without performing any extra reductions.
4962 @end itemize
4963
4964 @item Default Value:
4965 @itemize
4966 @item @code{"accepting"} if @code{lr.type} is @code{"canonical LR"}.
4967 @item @code{"all"} otherwise.
4968 @end itemize
4969 @end itemize
4970
4971 @item lr.keep_unreachable_states
4972 @findex %define lr.keep_unreachable_states
4973
4974 @itemize @bullet
4975 @item Language(s): all
4976
4977 @item Purpose: Requests that Bison allow unreachable parser states to remain in
4978 the parser tables.
4979 Bison considers a state to be unreachable if there exists no sequence of
4980 transitions from the start state to that state.
4981 A state can become unreachable during conflict resolution if Bison disables a
4982 shift action leading to it from a predecessor state.
4983 Keeping unreachable states is sometimes useful for analysis purposes, but they
4984 are useless in the generated parser.
4985
4986 @item Accepted Values: Boolean
4987
4988 @item Default Value: @code{"false"}
4989
4990 @item Caveats:
4991
4992 @itemize @bullet
4993
4994 @item Unreachable states may contain conflicts and may use rules not used in
4995 any other state.
4996 Thus, keeping unreachable states may induce warnings that are irrelevant to
4997 your parser's behavior, and it may eliminate warnings that are relevant.
4998 Of course, the change in warnings may actually be relevant to a parser table
4999 analysis that wants to keep unreachable states, so this behavior will likely
5000 remain in future Bison releases.
5001
5002 @item While Bison is able to remove unreachable states, it is not guaranteed to
5003 remove other kinds of useless states.
5004 Specifically, when Bison disables reduce actions during conflict resolution,
5005 some goto actions may become useless, and thus some additional states may
5006 become useless.
5007 If Bison were to compute which goto actions were useless and then disable those
5008 actions, it could identify such states as unreachable and then remove those
5009 states.
5010 However, Bison does not compute which goto actions are useless.
5011 @end itemize
5012 @end itemize
5013
5014 @item lr.type
5015 @findex %define lr.type
5016 @cindex @acronym{LALR}
5017 @cindex @acronym{IELR}
5018 @cindex @acronym{LR}
5019
5020 @itemize @bullet
5021 @item Language(s): all
5022
5023 @item Purpose: Specifies the type of parser tables within the
5024 @acronym{LR}(1) family.
5025 (This feature is experimental.
5026 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5027
5028 @item Accepted Values:
5029 @itemize
5030 @item @code{"LALR"}.
5031 While Bison generates @acronym{LALR} parser tables by default for
5032 historical reasons, @acronym{IELR} or canonical @acronym{LR} is almost
5033 always preferable for deterministic parsers.
5034 The trouble is that @acronym{LALR} parser tables can suffer from
5035 mysterious conflicts and thus may not accept the full set of sentences
5036 that @acronym{IELR} and canonical @acronym{LR} accept.
5037 @xref{Mystery Conflicts}, for details.
5038 However, there are at least two scenarios where @acronym{LALR} may be
5039 worthwhile:
5040 @itemize
5041 @cindex @acronym{GLR} with @acronym{LALR}
5042 @item When employing @acronym{GLR} parsers (@pxref{GLR Parsers}), if you
5043 do not resolve any conflicts statically (for example, with @code{%left}
5044 or @code{%prec}), then the parser explores all potential parses of any
5045 given input.
5046 In this case, the use of @acronym{LALR} parser tables is guaranteed not
5047 to alter the language accepted by the parser.
5048 @acronym{LALR} parser tables are the smallest parser tables Bison can
5049 currently generate, so they may be preferable.
5050
5051 @item Occasionally during development, an especially malformed grammar
5052 with a major recurring flaw may severely impede the @acronym{IELR} or
5053 canonical @acronym{LR} parser table generation algorithm.
5054 @acronym{LALR} can be a quick way to generate parser tables in order to
5055 investigate such problems while ignoring the more subtle differences
5056 from @acronym{IELR} and canonical @acronym{LR}.
5057 @end itemize
5058
5059 @item @code{"IELR"}.
5060 @acronym{IELR} is a minimal @acronym{LR} algorithm.
5061 That is, given any grammar (@acronym{LR} or non-@acronym{LR}),
5062 @acronym{IELR} and canonical @acronym{LR} always accept exactly the same
5063 set of sentences.
5064 However, as for @acronym{LALR}, the number of parser states is often an
5065 order of magnitude less for @acronym{IELR} than for canonical
5066 @acronym{LR}.
5067 More importantly, because canonical @acronym{LR}'s extra parser states
5068 may contain duplicate conflicts in the case of non-@acronym{LR}
5069 grammars, the number of conflicts for @acronym{IELR} is often an order
5070 of magnitude less as well.
5071 This can significantly reduce the complexity of developing of a grammar.
5072
5073 @item @code{"canonical LR"}.
5074 @cindex delayed syntax errors
5075 @cindex syntax errors delayed
5076 The only advantage of canonical @acronym{LR} over @acronym{IELR} is
5077 that, for every left context of every canonical @acronym{LR} state, the
5078 set of tokens accepted by that state is the exact set of tokens that is
5079 syntactically acceptable in that left context.
5080 Thus, the only difference in parsing behavior is that the canonical
5081 @acronym{LR} parser can report a syntax error as soon as possible
5082 without performing any unnecessary reductions.
5083 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.default_reductions}, for further details.
5084 Even when canonical @acronym{LR} behavior is ultimately desired,
5085 @acronym{IELR}'s elimination of duplicate conflicts should still
5086 facilitate the development of a grammar.
5087 @end itemize
5088
5089 @item Default Value: @code{"LALR"}
5090 @end itemize
5091
5092 @item namespace
5093 @findex %define namespace
5094
5095 @itemize
5096 @item Languages(s): C++
5097
5098 @item Purpose: Specifies the namespace for the parser class.
5099 For example, if you specify:
5100
5101 @smallexample
5102 %define namespace "foo::bar"
5103 @end smallexample
5104
5105 Bison uses @code{foo::bar} verbatim in references such as:
5106
5107 @smallexample
5108 foo::bar::parser::semantic_type
5109 @end smallexample
5110
5111 However, to open a namespace, Bison removes any leading @code{::} and then
5112 splits on any remaining occurrences:
5113
5114 @smallexample
5115 namespace foo @{ namespace bar @{
5116 class position;
5117 class location;
5118 @} @}
5119 @end smallexample
5120
5121 @item Accepted Values: Any absolute or relative C++ namespace reference without
5122 a trailing @code{"::"}.
5123 For example, @code{"foo"} or @code{"::foo::bar"}.
5124
5125 @item Default Value: The value specified by @code{%name-prefix}, which defaults
5126 to @code{yy}.
5127 This usage of @code{%name-prefix} is for backward compatibility and can be
5128 confusing since @code{%name-prefix} also specifies the textual prefix for the
5129 lexical analyzer function.
5130 Thus, if you specify @code{%name-prefix}, it is best to also specify
5131 @code{%define namespace} so that @code{%name-prefix} @emph{only} affects the
5132 lexical analyzer function.
5133 For example, if you specify:
5134
5135 @smallexample
5136 %define namespace "foo"
5137 %name-prefix "bar::"
5138 @end smallexample
5139
5140 The parser namespace is @code{foo} and @code{yylex} is referenced as
5141 @code{bar::lex}.
5142 @end itemize
5143 @end itemize
5144
5145 @end deffn
5146
5147 @deffn {Directive} %defines
5148 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
5149 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
5150 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
5151 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
5152
5153 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
5154 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
5155 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
5156 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
5157 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
5158 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
5159 or type definition
5160 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
5161 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
5162 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
5163 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
5164
5165 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
5166 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5167 Parser}.
5168
5169 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
5170 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
5171 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
5172 Locations}.
5173
5174 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
5175 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
5176 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
5177 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
5178 Tokens}.
5179
5180 @findex %code requires
5181 @findex %code provides
5182 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
5183 header also contains their code.
5184 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
5185 @end deffn
5186
5187 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
5188 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
5192 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
5193 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
5194 @end deffn
5195
5196 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
5197 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
5198 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
5199 @end deffn
5200
5201 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
5202 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
5203 supported languages include C, C++, and Java.
5204 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
5205
5206 This directive is experimental and its effect may be modified in future
5207 releases.
5208 @end deffn
5209
5210 @deffn {Directive} %locations
5211 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
5212 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
5213 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
5214 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
5215 accurate syntax error messages.
5216 @end deffn
5217
5218 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
5219 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
5220 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
5221 in C parsers
5222 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
5223 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
5224 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. If you use a push parser,
5225 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5226 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will
5227 also be renamed. For example, if you use @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the
5228 names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex}, and so on.
5229 For C++ parsers, see the @code{%define namespace} documentation in this
5230 section.
5231 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
5232 @end deffn
5233
5234 @ifset defaultprec
5235 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
5236 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
5237 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
5238 Precedence}).
5239 @end deffn
5240 @end ifset
5241
5242 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
5243 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
5244 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
5245 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
5246 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
5247 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
5248 file in its own right.
5249 @end deffn
5250
5251 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
5252 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
5253 @end deffn
5254
5255 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
5256 Deprecated version of @code{%define api.pure} (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%define}),
5257 for which Bison is more careful to warn about unreasonable usage.
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
5261 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
5262 Require a Version of Bison}.
5263 @end deffn
5264
5265 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
5266 Specify the skeleton to use.
5267
5268 @c You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
5269 @c You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
5270 @c different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
5271 @c correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
5272
5273 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
5274 file in the Bison installation directory.
5275 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
5276 directory of the grammar file.
5277 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
5278 @end deffn
5279
5280 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
5281 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
5282 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
5283 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
5284 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
5285 @code{"$end"},
5286 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
5287 defined in the grammar file.
5288
5289 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
5290 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
5291 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
5292 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
5293 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
5294 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
5295 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
5296 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
5297
5298 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
5299 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
5300 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
5301
5302 @table @code
5303 @item YYNTOKENS
5304 The highest token number, plus one.
5305 @item YYNNTS
5306 The number of nonterminal symbols.
5307 @item YYNRULES
5308 The number of grammar rules,
5309 @item YYNSTATES
5310 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
5311 @end table
5312 @end deffn
5313
5314 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
5315 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
5316 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
5317 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
5318 information.
5319 @end deffn
5320
5321 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
5322 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
5323 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326
5327 @node Multiple Parsers
5328 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
5329
5330 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
5331 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
5332 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
5333 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
5334
5335 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
5336 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
5337 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
5338 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
5339 names that do not conflict.
5340
5341 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
5342 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
5343 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. If you use a push parser,
5344 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5345 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will also be renamed.
5346 For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, the names become @code{cparse},
5347 @code{clex}, and so on.
5348
5349 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
5350 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
5351 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
5352 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
5353 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
5354
5355 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
5356 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
5357 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
5358 name for the other in the entire parser file.
5359
5360 @node Interface
5361 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
5362 @cindex C-language interface
5363 @cindex interface
5364
5365 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
5366 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
5367 functions that it needs to use.
5368
5369 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
5370 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
5371 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
5372 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
5373
5374 @menu
5375 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
5376 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
5377 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
5378 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it returns.
5379 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it returns.
5380 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
5381 which reads tokens.
5382 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
5383 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
5384 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
5385 native language.
5386 @end menu
5387
5388 @node Parser Function
5389 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
5390 @findex yyparse
5391
5392 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
5393 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
5394 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
5395 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
5396 without reading further.
5397
5398
5399 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
5400 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
5401 is due to end-of-input).
5402
5403 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
5404 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
5405 invoked.
5406
5407 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
5408 @end deftypefun
5409
5410 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
5411 these macros:
5412
5413 @defmac YYACCEPT
5414 @findex YYACCEPT
5415 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
5416 @end defmac
5417
5418 @defmac YYABORT
5419 @findex YYABORT
5420 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
5421 @end defmac
5422
5423 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
5424 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
5425 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
5426
5427 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5428 @findex %parse-param
5429 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
5430 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
5431 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
5432 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
5433 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
5437
5438 @example
5439 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5440 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5441 @end example
5442
5443 @noindent
5444 Then call the parser like this:
5445
5446 @example
5447 @{
5448 int nastiness, randomness;
5449 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
5450 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
5451 @dots{}
5452 @}
5453 @end example
5454
5455 @noindent
5456 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5457
5458 @example
5459 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5460 @end example
5461
5462 @node Push Parser Function
5463 @section The Push Parser Function @code{yypush_parse}
5464 @findex yypush_parse
5465
5466 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5467 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5468
5469 You call the function @code{yypush_parse} to parse a single token. This
5470 function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5471 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5472 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5473
5474 @deftypefun int yypush_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5475 The value returned by @code{yypush_parse} is the same as for yyparse with the
5476 following exception. @code{yypush_parse} will return YYPUSH_MORE if more input
5477 is required to finish parsing the grammar.
5478 @end deftypefun
5479
5480 @node Pull Parser Function
5481 @section The Pull Parser Function @code{yypull_parse}
5482 @findex yypull_parse
5483
5484 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5485 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5486
5487 You call the function @code{yypull_parse} to parse the rest of the input
5488 stream. This function is available if the @code{%define api.push_pull "both"}
5489 declaration is used.
5490 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5491
5492 @deftypefun int yypull_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5493 The value returned by @code{yypull_parse} is the same as for @code{yyparse}.
5494 @end deftypefun
5495
5496 @node Parser Create Function
5497 @section The Parser Create Function @code{yystate_new}
5498 @findex yypstate_new
5499
5500 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5501 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5502
5503 You call the function @code{yypstate_new} to create a new parser instance.
5504 This function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5505 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5506 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5507
5508 @deftypefun yypstate *yypstate_new (void)
5509 The fuction will return a valid parser instance if there was memory available
5510 or 0 if no memory was available.
5511 In impure mode, it will also return 0 if a parser instance is currently
5512 allocated.
5513 @end deftypefun
5514
5515 @node Parser Delete Function
5516 @section The Parser Delete Function @code{yystate_delete}
5517 @findex yypstate_delete
5518
5519 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5520 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5521
5522 You call the function @code{yypstate_delete} to delete a parser instance.
5523 function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5524 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5525 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5526
5527 @deftypefun void yypstate_delete (yypstate *yyps)
5528 This function will reclaim the memory associated with a parser instance.
5529 After this call, you should no longer attempt to use the parser instance.
5530 @end deftypefun
5531
5532 @node Lexical
5533 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5534 @findex yylex
5535 @cindex lexical analyzer
5536
5537 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5538 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5539 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5540 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5541
5542 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5543 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5544 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5545 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5546 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5547 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5548 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5549
5550 @menu
5551 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5552 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5553 of the token it has read.
5554 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5555 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5556 actions want that.
5557 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs in a pure parser
5558 (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5559 @end menu
5560
5561 @node Calling Convention
5562 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5563
5564 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5565 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5566 signifies end-of-input.
5567
5568 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5569 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5570 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5571 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5572
5573 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5574 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5575 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5576 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5577 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5578 signifies end-of-input.
5579
5580 Here is an example showing these things:
5581
5582 @example
5583 int
5584 yylex (void)
5585 @{
5586 @dots{}
5587 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5588 return 0;
5589 @dots{}
5590 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5591 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5592 @dots{}
5593 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5594 @dots{}
5595 @}
5596 @end example
5597
5598 @noindent
5599 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5600 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5601
5602 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5603 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5604
5605 @itemize @bullet
5606 @item
5607 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5608 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5609 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5610 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5611
5612 @item
5613 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5614 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5615 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5616 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5617 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5618 to Bison.
5619
5620 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5621 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5622 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5623 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5624
5625 @smallexample
5626 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5627 @{
5628 if (yytname[i] != 0
5629 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5630 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5631 strlen (token_buffer))
5632 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5633 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5634 break;
5635 @}
5636 @end smallexample
5637
5638 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5639 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5640 @end itemize
5641
5642 @node Token Values
5643 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5644
5645 @vindex yylval
5646 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5647 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5648 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5649 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5650 @code{yylex}:
5651
5652 @example
5653 @group
5654 @dots{}
5655 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5656 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5657 @dots{}
5658 @end group
5659 @end example
5660
5661 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5662 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5663 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5664 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5665 declaration looks like this:
5666
5667 @example
5668 @group
5669 %union @{
5670 int intval;
5671 double val;
5672 symrec *tptr;
5673 @}
5674 @end group
5675 @end example
5676
5677 @noindent
5678 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5679
5680 @example
5681 @group
5682 @dots{}
5683 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5684 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5685 @dots{}
5686 @end group
5687 @end example
5688
5689 @node Token Locations
5690 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5691
5692 @vindex yylloc
5693 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5694 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5695 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5696 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5697 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5698 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5699
5700 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5701 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5702 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5703 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5704 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5705
5706 @tindex YYLTYPE
5707 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5708
5709 @node Pure Calling
5710 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5711
5712 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%define api.pure} to request a
5713 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5714 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5715 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5716 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5717 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5718 pointers.
5719
5720 @example
5721 int
5722 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5723 @{
5724 @dots{}
5725 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5726 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5727 @dots{}
5728 @}
5729 @end example
5730
5731 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5732 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5733 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5734 only one argument.
5735
5736
5737 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5738 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5739 Function}).
5740
5741 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5742 @findex %lex-param
5743 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5744 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 For instance:
5748
5749 @example
5750 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5751 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5752 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5753 @end example
5754
5755 @noindent
5756 results in the following signature:
5757
5758 @example
5759 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5760 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5761 @end example
5762
5763 If @code{%define api.pure} is added:
5764
5765 @example
5766 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5767 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5768 @end example
5769
5770 @noindent
5771 and finally, if both @code{%define api.pure} and @code{%locations} are used:
5772
5773 @example
5774 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5775 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5776 @end example
5777
5778 @node Error Reporting
5779 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5780 @cindex error reporting function
5781 @findex yyerror
5782 @cindex parse error
5783 @cindex syntax error
5784
5785 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5786 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5787 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5788 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5789 in Actions}).
5790
5791 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5792 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5793 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5794 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5795 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5796
5797 @findex %error-verbose
5798 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5799 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5800 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5801 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5802
5803 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5804 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5805 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5806 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5807 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5808 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5809
5810 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5811 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5812 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5813
5814 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5815
5816 @example
5817 @group
5818 void
5819 yyerror (char const *s)
5820 @{
5821 @end group
5822 @group
5823 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5824 @}
5825 @end group
5826 @end example
5827
5828 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5829 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5830 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5831 immediately return 1.
5832
5833 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5834 an access to the current location.
5835 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5836 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5837 @samp{%locations %define api.pure} is passed then the prototypes for
5838 @code{yyerror} are:
5839
5840 @example
5841 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5842 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5843 @end example
5844
5845 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5846
5847 @example
5848 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5849 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5850 @end example
5851
5852 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5853 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5854 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5855 @code{%define api.pure} are pure.
5856 I.e.:
5857
5858 @example
5859 /* Location tracking. */
5860 %locations
5861 /* Pure yylex. */
5862 %define api.pure
5863 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5864 /* Pure yyparse. */
5865 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5866 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5867 @end example
5868
5869 @noindent
5870 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5871
5872 @example
5873 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5874 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5875 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5876 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5877 char const *msg);
5878 @end example
5879
5880 @noindent
5881 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5882 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5883 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5884 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5885 message is always passed last.
5886
5887 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5888 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5889 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5890 @code{yyerror}.
5891
5892 @vindex yynerrs
5893 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5894 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5895 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5896 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5897
5898 @node Action Features
5899 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5900 @cindex summary, action features
5901 @cindex action features summary
5902
5903 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5904 are useful in actions.
5905
5906 @deffn {Variable} $$
5907 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5908 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5909 @end deffn
5910
5911 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5912 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5913 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5917 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5918 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5919 Types of Values in Actions}.
5920 @end deffn
5921
5922 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5923 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5924 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5925 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5926 @end deffn
5927
5928 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5929 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5930 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5931 @end deffn
5932
5933 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5934 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5935 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5936 @end deffn
5937
5938 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5939 @findex YYBACKUP
5940 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5941 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5942 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5943 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5944 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5945 going to be reduced by this rule.
5946
5947 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5948 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5949 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5950 recovery.
5951
5952 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5953 @end deffn
5954
5955 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5956 @vindex YYEMPTY
5957 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5958 @end deffn
5959
5960 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5961 @vindex YYEOF
5962 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5963 stream.
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5967 @findex YYERROR
5968 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5969 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5970 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5971 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5972 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5973 @end deffn
5974
5975 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5976 @findex YYRECOVERING
5977 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5978 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5979 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5980 @end deffn
5981
5982 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5983 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5984 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5985 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5986 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5987 Actions}).
5988 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5989 @end deffn
5990
5991 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5992 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5993 error rules.
5994 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5995 Semantic Actions}).
5996 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5997 @end deffn
5998
5999 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
6000 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
6001 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
6002 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6003 @end deffn
6004
6005 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
6006 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
6007 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
6008 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
6009 Actions}).
6010 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013 @deffn {Variable} yylval
6014 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
6015 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
6016 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
6017 Actions}).
6018 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
6019 @end deffn
6020
6021 @deffn {Value} @@$
6022 @findex @@$
6023 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
6024 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
6025 Tracking Locations}.
6026
6027 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
6028
6029 @c @example
6030 @c struct @{
6031 @c int first_line, last_line;
6032 @c int first_column, last_column;
6033 @c @};
6034 @c @end example
6035
6036 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
6037 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
6038
6039 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
6040 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
6041 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
6042 @c those members.
6043
6044 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
6045 @end deffn
6046
6047 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
6048 @findex @@@var{n}
6049 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
6050 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
6051 Tracking Locations}.
6052 @end deffn
6053
6054 @node Internationalization
6055 @section Parser Internationalization
6056 @cindex internationalization
6057 @cindex i18n
6058 @cindex NLS
6059 @cindex gettext
6060 @cindex bison-po
6061
6062 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
6063 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
6064 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
6065 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
6066 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
6067 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
6068 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
6069 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
6070 installation.
6071
6072 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
6073 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
6074 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
6075 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
6076
6077 @enumerate
6078 @item
6079 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
6080 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
6081 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
6082 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
6083 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
6084 For example:
6085
6086 @example
6087 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
6088 @end example
6089
6090 @item
6091 @findex BISON_I18N
6092 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
6093 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
6094 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
6095 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
6096 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
6097 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
6098 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
6099 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
6100 Bison-generated parser.
6101
6102 @item
6103 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
6104 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
6105 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
6106 For example:
6107
6108 @example
6109 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
6110 @end example
6111
6112 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
6113 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
6114 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
6115 @file{Makefile}.
6116
6117 @item
6118 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
6119 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
6120 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
6121
6122 @example
6123 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
6124 @end example
6125
6126 or:
6127
6128 @example
6129 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
6130 @end example
6131
6132 @item
6133 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
6134 infrastructure.
6135 @end enumerate
6136
6137
6138 @node Algorithm
6139 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
6140 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
6141 @cindex algorithm of parser
6142 @cindex shifting
6143 @cindex reduction
6144 @cindex parser stack
6145 @cindex stack, parser
6146
6147 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
6148 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
6149 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
6150
6151 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
6152 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
6153 that was shifted.
6154
6155 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
6156 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
6157 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
6158 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
6159 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
6160 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
6161 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
6162
6163 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
6164
6165 @example
6166 1 + 5 * 3
6167 @end example
6168
6169 @noindent
6170 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
6171 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
6172
6173 @example
6174 expr: expr '*' expr;
6175 @end example
6176
6177 @noindent
6178 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
6179
6180 @example
6181 1 + 15
6182 @end example
6183
6184 @noindent
6185 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
6186 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
6187
6188 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
6189 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
6190 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
6191
6192 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
6193
6194 @menu
6195 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
6196 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
6197 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
6198 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
6199 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
6200 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
6201 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
6202 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
6203 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
6204 @end menu
6205
6206 @node Lookahead
6207 @section Lookahead Tokens
6208 @cindex lookahead token
6209
6210 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
6211 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
6212 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
6213 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
6214 token in order to decide what to do.
6215
6216 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
6217 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
6218 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
6219 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
6220 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
6221 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
6222 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
6223 application.
6224
6225 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
6226 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
6227 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
6228
6229 @example
6230 @group
6231 expr: term '+' expr
6232 | term
6233 ;
6234 @end group
6235
6236 @group
6237 term: '(' expr ')'
6238 | term '!'
6239 | NUMBER
6240 ;
6241 @end group
6242 @end example
6243
6244 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
6245 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
6246 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
6247 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
6248 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
6249
6250 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
6251 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
6252 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
6253 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
6254 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
6255 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
6256
6257 @vindex yychar
6258 @vindex yylval
6259 @vindex yylloc
6260 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
6261 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
6262 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
6263 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6264
6265 @node Shift/Reduce
6266 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
6267 @cindex conflicts
6268 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
6269 @cindex dangling @code{else}
6270 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
6271
6272 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
6273 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
6274
6275 @example
6276 @group
6277 if_stmt:
6278 IF expr THEN stmt
6279 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6280 ;
6281 @end group
6282 @end example
6283
6284 @noindent
6285 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
6286 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
6287
6288 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
6289 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
6290 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
6291 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
6292 rule.
6293
6294 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
6295 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
6296 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
6297 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
6298 contrast it with the other alternative.
6299
6300 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
6301 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
6302 equivalent:
6303
6304 @example
6305 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6306
6307 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
6308 @end example
6309
6310 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
6311 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
6312 making these two inputs equivalent:
6313
6314 @example
6315 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6316
6317 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
6318 @end example
6319
6320 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
6321 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
6322 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
6323 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
6324 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
6325 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
6326 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
6327 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
6328
6329 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
6330 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
6331 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
6332 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
6333
6334 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
6335 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
6336 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
6337 conflict:
6338
6339 @example
6340 @group
6341 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
6342 %%
6343 @end group
6344 @group
6345 stmt: expr
6346 | if_stmt
6347 ;
6348 @end group
6349
6350 @group
6351 if_stmt:
6352 IF expr THEN stmt
6353 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6354 ;
6355 @end group
6356
6357 expr: variable
6358 ;
6359 @end example
6360
6361 @node Precedence
6362 @section Operator Precedence
6363 @cindex operator precedence
6364 @cindex precedence of operators
6365
6366 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
6367 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
6368 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
6369 shift and when to reduce.
6370
6371 @menu
6372 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
6373 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
6374 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
6375 * How Precedence:: How they work.
6376 @end menu
6377
6378 @node Why Precedence
6379 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
6380
6381 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
6382 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
6383
6384 @example
6385 @group
6386 expr: expr '-' expr
6387 | expr '*' expr
6388 | expr '<' expr
6389 | '(' expr ')'
6390 @dots{}
6391 ;
6392 @end group
6393 @end example
6394
6395 @noindent
6396 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
6397 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
6398 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
6399 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
6400 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
6401 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
6402 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
6403 different results.
6404
6405 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
6406 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
6407 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
6408 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
6409 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
6410 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
6411 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
6412 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
6413 @samp{<}.
6414
6415 @cindex associativity
6416 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
6417 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
6418 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
6419 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
6420 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
6421 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
6422 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
6423 makes right-associativity.
6424
6425 @node Using Precedence
6426 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
6427 @findex %left
6428 @findex %right
6429 @findex %nonassoc
6430
6431 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
6432 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
6433 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
6434 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
6435 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
6436 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
6437 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
6438 row''.
6439
6440 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
6441 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
6442 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
6443 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
6444 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
6445
6446 @node Precedence Examples
6447 @subsection Precedence Examples
6448
6449 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
6450
6451 @example
6452 %left '<'
6453 %left '-'
6454 %left '*'
6455 @end example
6456
6457 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
6458 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
6459 declared with @code{'-'}:
6460
6461 @example
6462 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
6463 %left '+' '-'
6464 %left '*' '/'
6465 @end example
6466
6467 @noindent
6468 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
6469 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
6470 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
6471
6472 @node How Precedence
6473 @subsection How Precedence Works
6474
6475 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
6476 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
6477 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
6478 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
6479 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
6480 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
6481
6482 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
6483 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
6484 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
6485 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
6486 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
6487 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
6488 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
6489 resolved.
6490
6491 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
6492 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
6493
6494 @node Contextual Precedence
6495 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
6496 @cindex context-dependent precedence
6497 @cindex unary operator precedence
6498 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
6499 @cindex precedence, unary operator
6500 @findex %prec
6501
6502 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
6503 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
6504 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
6505 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
6506
6507 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
6508 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
6509 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
6510 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
6511 modifier for rules.
6512
6513 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
6514 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
6515 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
6516 modifier's syntax is:
6517
6518 @example
6519 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
6520 @end example
6521
6522 @noindent
6523 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
6524 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6525 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6526 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6527 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6528
6529 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6530 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6531 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6532 precedence:
6533
6534 @example
6535 @dots{}
6536 %left '+' '-'
6537 %left '*'
6538 %left UMINUS
6539 @end example
6540
6541 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6542
6543 @example
6544 @group
6545 exp: @dots{}
6546 | exp '-' exp
6547 @dots{}
6548 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6549 @end group
6550 @end example
6551
6552 @ifset defaultprec
6553 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6554 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6555 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6556 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6557
6558 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6559 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6560 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6561 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6562
6563 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6564 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6565 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6566 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6567 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6568 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6569
6570 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6571 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6572 @end ifset
6573
6574 @node Parser States
6575 @section Parser States
6576 @cindex finite-state machine
6577 @cindex parser state
6578 @cindex state (of parser)
6579
6580 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6581 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6582 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6583 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6584 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6585
6586 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6587 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6588 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6589 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6590 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6591 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6592 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6593 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6594 pushed.
6595
6596 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6597 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6598 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6599
6600 @node Reduce/Reduce
6601 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6602 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6603 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6604
6605 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6606 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6607 in the grammar.
6608
6609 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6610 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6611
6612 @example
6613 sequence: /* empty */
6614 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6615 | maybeword
6616 | sequence word
6617 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6618 ;
6619
6620 maybeword: /* empty */
6621 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6622 | word
6623 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6624 ;
6625 @end example
6626
6627 @noindent
6628 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6629 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6630 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6631 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6632 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6633 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6634
6635 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6636 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6637 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6638
6639 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6640 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6641 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6642 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6643 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6644
6645 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6646 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6647 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6648 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6649
6650 @example
6651 sequence: /* empty */
6652 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6653 | sequence word
6654 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6655 ;
6656 @end example
6657
6658 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6659
6660 @example
6661 sequence: /* empty */
6662 | sequence words
6663 | sequence redirects
6664 ;
6665
6666 words: /* empty */
6667 | words word
6668 ;
6669
6670 redirects:/* empty */
6671 | redirects redirect
6672 ;
6673 @end example
6674
6675 @noindent
6676 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6677 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6678 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6679 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6680 in infinitely many ways!
6681
6682 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6683 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6684 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6685 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6686
6687 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6688 of sequence:
6689
6690 @example
6691 sequence: /* empty */
6692 | sequence word
6693 | sequence redirect
6694 ;
6695 @end example
6696
6697 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6698 from being empty:
6699
6700 @example
6701 sequence: /* empty */
6702 | sequence words
6703 | sequence redirects
6704 ;
6705
6706 words: word
6707 | words word
6708 ;
6709
6710 redirects:redirect
6711 | redirects redirect
6712 ;
6713 @end example
6714
6715 @node Mystery Conflicts
6716 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6717
6718 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6719 Here is an example:
6720
6721 @example
6722 @group
6723 %token ID
6724
6725 %%
6726 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6727 ;
6728 param_spec:
6729 type
6730 | name_list ':' type
6731 ;
6732 @end group
6733 @group
6734 return_spec:
6735 type
6736 | name ':' type
6737 ;
6738 @end group
6739 @group
6740 type: ID
6741 ;
6742 @end group
6743 @group
6744 name: ID
6745 ;
6746 name_list:
6747 name
6748 | name ',' name_list
6749 ;
6750 @end group
6751 @end example
6752
6753 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6754 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6755 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6756 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6757
6758 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6759 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6760 However, for historical reasons, Bison cannot by default handle all
6761 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars.
6762 In this grammar, two contexts, that after an @code{ID} at the beginning
6763 of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of a
6764 @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6765 same.
6766 They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6767 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6768 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6769 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6770 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6771 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6772 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6773
6774 For many practical grammars (specifically those that fall into the
6775 non-@acronym{LR}(1) class), the limitations of @acronym{LALR}(1) result in
6776 difficulties beyond just mysterious reduce/reduce conflicts.
6777 The best way to fix all these problems is to select a different parser
6778 table generation algorithm.
6779 Either @acronym{IELR}(1) or canonical @acronym{LR}(1) would suffice, but
6780 the former is more efficient and easier to debug during development.
6781 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.type}, for details.
6782 (Bison's @acronym{IELR}(1) and canonical @acronym{LR}(1) implementations
6783 are experimental.
6784 More user feedback will help to stabilize them.)
6785
6786 If you instead wish to work around @acronym{LALR}(1)'s limitations, you
6787 can often fix a mysterious conflict by identifying the two parser states
6788 that are being confused, and adding something to make them look
6789 distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6790 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6791
6792 @example
6793 @group
6794 %token BOGUS
6795 @dots{}
6796 %%
6797 @dots{}
6798 return_spec:
6799 type
6800 | name ':' type
6801 /* This rule is never used. */
6802 | ID BOGUS
6803 ;
6804 @end group
6805 @end example
6806
6807 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6808 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6809 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6810 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6811 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6812 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6813
6814 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6815 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6816 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6817 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6818 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6819 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6820
6821 @example
6822 param_spec:
6823 type
6824 | name_list ':' type
6825 ;
6826 return_spec:
6827 type
6828 | ID ':' type
6829 ;
6830 @end example
6831
6832 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6833 generators, please see:
6834 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6835 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6836 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6837 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6838
6839 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6840 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6841 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6842 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6843 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6844 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6845
6846 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6847 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6848 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6849 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6850 context-free languages.
6851 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6852 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6853 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6854 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6855 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6856 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6857 there are languages where Bison's default choice of how to
6858 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6859
6860 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6861 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6862 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6863 parser uses the same basic
6864 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6865 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6866 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6867 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6868 situation, it
6869 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6870 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6871 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6872 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6873 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6874
6875 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6876 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6877 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6878 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6879 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6880 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6881 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6882 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6883 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6884 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6885 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6886 stream.
6887
6888 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6889 states to having one, it reverts to the normal deterministic parsing
6890 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6891 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6892 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6893 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6894 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6895 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6896 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6897 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6898 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6899 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6900
6901 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6902 permits the processing of any @acronym{LR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6903 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6904 @acronym{LR}(1)) grammar in
6905 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6906 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6907 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6908 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6909 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6910 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6911 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6912 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6913 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6914 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LR}(1) portions of a
6915 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the
6916 deterministic @acronym{LR}(1) Bison parser.
6917
6918 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6919 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6920 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6921 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6922 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6923 (2000-12-24).
6924
6925 @node Memory Management
6926 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6927 @cindex memory exhaustion
6928 @cindex memory management
6929 @cindex stack overflow
6930 @cindex parser stack overflow
6931 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6932
6933 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6934 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6935 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6936
6937 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6938 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6939 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6940
6941 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6942 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6943 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6944 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6945 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6946
6947 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6948 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6949 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6950 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6951 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6952 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6953
6954 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6955 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6956 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6957 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6958
6959 @cindex default stack limit
6960 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6961 10000.
6962
6963 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6964 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6965 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the deterministic
6966 parser in C, this value must be a compile-time constant
6967 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6968 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6969
6970 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6971
6972 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6973 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the deterministic
6974 parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6975 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6976 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6977 this deficiency in a future release.
6978
6979 @node Error Recovery
6980 @chapter Error Recovery
6981 @cindex error recovery
6982 @cindex recovery from errors
6983
6984 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6985 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6986 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6987 another expression.
6988
6989 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6990 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6991 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6992 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6993 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6994 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6995 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6996
6997 @findex error
6998 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6999 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
7000 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
7001 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
7002 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
7003 in the current context, the parse can continue.
7004
7005 For example:
7006
7007 @example
7008 stmnts: /* empty string */
7009 | stmnts '\n'
7010 | stmnts exp '\n'
7011 | stmnts error '\n'
7012 @end example
7013
7014 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
7015 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
7016
7017 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
7018 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
7019 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
7020 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
7021 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
7022 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
7023 applicable in the ordinary way.
7024
7025 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
7026 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
7027 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
7028 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
7029 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
7030 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
7031 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
7032 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
7033 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
7034 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
7035 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
7036 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
7037
7038 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
7039 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
7040 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
7041
7042 @example
7043 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
7044 @end example
7045
7046 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
7047 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
7048 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
7049 spurious error message:
7050
7051 @example
7052 primary: '(' expr ')'
7053 | '(' error ')'
7054 @dots{}
7055 ;
7056 @end example
7057
7058 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
7059 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
7060 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
7061 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
7062 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
7063 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
7064 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
7065 @code{stmnt}.
7066
7067 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
7068 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
7069 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
7070 error messages resume.
7071
7072 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
7073 as any other rules can.
7074
7075 @findex yyerrok
7076 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
7077 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
7078 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
7079 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
7080
7081 @findex yyclearin
7082 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
7083 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
7084 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
7085 action.
7086 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7087
7088 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
7089 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
7090 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
7091 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
7092 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
7093
7094 @vindex YYRECOVERING
7095 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
7096 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
7097 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
7098 error.
7099
7100 @node Context Dependency
7101 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
7102
7103 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
7104 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
7105 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
7106 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
7107 languages.
7108
7109 @menu
7110 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
7111 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
7112 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
7113 error recovery rules must be written.
7114 @end menu
7115
7116 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
7117 neither clean nor robust.)
7118
7119 @node Semantic Tokens
7120 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
7121
7122 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
7123 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
7124
7125 @example
7126 foo (x);
7127 @end example
7128
7129 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
7130 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
7131 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
7132
7133 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
7134 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
7135 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
7136 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
7137 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
7138
7139 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
7140 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
7141 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
7142 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
7143 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
7144 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
7145 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
7146
7147 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
7148 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
7149 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
7150 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
7151 earlier:
7152
7153 @example
7154 typedef int foo, bar;
7155 int baz (void)
7156 @{
7157 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
7158 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
7159 return foo (bar);
7160 @}
7161 @end example
7162
7163 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
7164 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
7165
7166 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
7167 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
7168 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
7169 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
7170 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
7171
7172 @example
7173 initdcl:
7174 declarator maybeasm '='
7175 init
7176 | declarator maybeasm
7177 ;
7178
7179 notype_initdcl:
7180 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
7181 init
7182 | notype_declarator maybeasm
7183 ;
7184 @end example
7185
7186 @noindent
7187 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
7188 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
7189 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
7190
7191 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
7192 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
7193 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
7194 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
7195 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
7196 the syntactic context.
7197
7198 @node Lexical Tie-ins
7199 @section Lexical Tie-ins
7200 @cindex lexical tie-in
7201
7202 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
7203 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
7204 parsed.
7205
7206 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
7207 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
7208 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
7209 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
7210 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
7211
7212 @example
7213 @group
7214 %@{
7215 int hexflag;
7216 int yylex (void);
7217 void yyerror (char const *);
7218 %@}
7219 %%
7220 @dots{}
7221 @end group
7222 @group
7223 expr: IDENTIFIER
7224 | constant
7225 | HEX '('
7226 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
7227 expr ')'
7228 @{ hexflag = 0;
7229 $$ = $4; @}
7230 | expr '+' expr
7231 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
7232 @dots{}
7233 ;
7234 @end group
7235
7236 @group
7237 constant:
7238 INTEGER
7239 | STRING
7240 ;
7241 @end group
7242 @end example
7243
7244 @noindent
7245 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
7246 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
7247 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
7248
7249 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
7250 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
7251 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
7252
7253 @node Tie-in Recovery
7254 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
7255
7256 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
7257 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7258
7259 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
7260 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
7261 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
7262 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
7263
7264 @example
7265 stmt: expr ';'
7266 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
7267 @dots{}
7268 error ';'
7269 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
7270 ;
7271 @end example
7272
7273 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
7274 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
7275 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
7276 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
7277 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
7278
7279 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
7280
7281 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
7282 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
7283 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
7284
7285 @example
7286 @group
7287 expr: @dots{}
7288 | '(' expr ')'
7289 @{ $$ = $2; @}
7290 | '(' error ')'
7291 @dots{}
7292 @end group
7293 @end example
7294
7295 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
7296 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
7297 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
7298 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
7299
7300 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
7301 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
7302 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
7303 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
7304 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
7305 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
7306 clear the flag.
7307
7308 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
7309
7310 @node Debugging
7311 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
7312
7313 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
7314 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
7315 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
7316 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
7317 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
7318 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
7319
7320 @menu
7321 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
7322 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
7323 @end menu
7324
7325 @node Understanding
7326 @section Understanding Your Parser
7327
7328 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
7329 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
7330 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
7331 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
7332 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
7333
7334 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
7335 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
7336 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
7337 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
7338 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
7339 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
7340 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
7341
7342 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
7343
7344 @example
7345 %token NUM STR
7346 %left '+' '-'
7347 %left '*'
7348 %%
7349 exp: exp '+' exp
7350 | exp '-' exp
7351 | exp '*' exp
7352 | exp '/' exp
7353 | NUM
7354 ;
7355 useless: STR;
7356 %%
7357 @end example
7358
7359 @command{bison} reports:
7360
7361 @example
7362 calc.y: warning: 1 nonterminal useless in grammar
7363 calc.y: warning: 1 rule useless in grammar
7364 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: nonterminal useless in grammar: useless
7365 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: rule useless in grammar: useless: STR
7366 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
7367 @end example
7368
7369 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
7370 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
7371 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
7372 interpretation is the same.
7373
7374 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
7375 to precedence and/or associativity:
7376
7377 @example
7378 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
7379 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
7380 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
7381 @exdent @dots{}
7382 @end example
7383
7384 @noindent
7385 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
7386
7387 @example
7388 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7389 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7390 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7391 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
7392 @end example
7393
7394 @noindent
7395 @cindex token, useless
7396 @cindex useless token
7397 @cindex nonterminal, useless
7398 @cindex useless nonterminal
7399 @cindex rule, useless
7400 @cindex useless rule
7401 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
7402 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
7403 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
7404 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``unused''
7405 below):
7406
7407 @example
7408 Nonterminals useless in grammar:
7409 useless
7410
7411 Terminals unused in grammar:
7412 STR
7413
7414 Rules useless in grammar:
7415 #6 useless: STR;
7416 @end example
7417
7418 @noindent
7419 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
7420
7421 @example
7422 Grammar
7423
7424 Number, Line, Rule
7425 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
7426 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
7427 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
7428 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
7429 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
7430 5 9 exp -> NUM
7431 @end example
7432
7433 @noindent
7434 and reports the uses of the symbols:
7435
7436 @example
7437 Terminals, with rules where they appear
7438
7439 $end (0) 0
7440 '*' (42) 3
7441 '+' (43) 1
7442 '-' (45) 2
7443 '/' (47) 4
7444 error (256)
7445 NUM (258) 5
7446
7447 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
7448
7449 $accept (8)
7450 on left: 0
7451 exp (9)
7452 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
7453 @end example
7454
7455 @noindent
7456 @cindex item
7457 @cindex pointed rule
7458 @cindex rule, pointed
7459 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
7460 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
7461 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
7462 that the input cursor.
7463
7464 @example
7465 state 0
7466
7467 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7468
7469 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7470
7471 exp go to state 2
7472 @end example
7473
7474 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
7475 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
7476 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
7477 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
7478 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
7479 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
7480 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
7481 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
7482
7483 @cindex core, item set
7484 @cindex item set core
7485 @cindex kernel, item set
7486 @cindex item set core
7487 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
7488 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
7489 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
7490 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
7491 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
7492 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
7493 be derived:
7494
7495 @example
7496 state 0
7497
7498 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7499 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
7500 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
7501 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
7502 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
7503 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
7504
7505 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7506
7507 exp go to state 2
7508 @end example
7509
7510 @noindent
7511 In the state 1...
7512
7513 @example
7514 state 1
7515
7516 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
7517
7518 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
7519 @end example
7520
7521 @noindent
7522 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
7523 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
7524 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
7525 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
7526
7527 @example
7528 state 2
7529
7530 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
7531 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7532 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7533 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7534 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7535
7536 $ shift, and go to state 3
7537 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7538 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7539 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7540 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7541 @end example
7542
7543 @noindent
7544 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7545 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7546 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7547 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7548 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7549 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7550
7551 @cindex accepting state
7552 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7553 state}:
7554
7555 @example
7556 state 3
7557
7558 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7559
7560 $default accept
7561 @end example
7562
7563 @noindent
7564 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7565 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7566
7567 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7568 the reader.
7569
7570 @example
7571 state 4
7572
7573 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7574
7575 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7576
7577 exp go to state 8
7578
7579 state 5
7580
7581 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7582
7583 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7584
7585 exp go to state 9
7586
7587 state 6
7588
7589 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7590
7591 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7592
7593 exp go to state 10
7594
7595 state 7
7596
7597 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7598
7599 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7600
7601 exp go to state 11
7602 @end example
7603
7604 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7605 1 shift/reduce}:
7606
7607 @example
7608 state 8
7609
7610 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7611 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7612 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7613 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7614 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7615
7616 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7617 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7618
7619 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7620 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7621 @end example
7622
7623 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7624 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7625 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7626 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7627 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7628 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7629 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7630 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7631
7632 Because in deterministic parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7633 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7634 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7635 square brackets.
7636
7637 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7638 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7639 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7640 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7641 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7642 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7643 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7644 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7645 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7646 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7647 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7648 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7649
7650 @example
7651 state 8
7652
7653 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7654 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7655 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7656 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7657 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7658
7659 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7660 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7661
7662 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7663 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7664 @end example
7665
7666 The remaining states are similar:
7667
7668 @example
7669 state 9
7670
7671 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7672 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7673 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7674 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7675 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7676
7677 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7678 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7679
7680 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7681 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7682
7683 state 10
7684
7685 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7686 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7687 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7688 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7689 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7690
7691 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7692
7693 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7694 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7695
7696 state 11
7697
7698 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7699 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7700 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7701 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7702 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7703
7704 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7705 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7706 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7707 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7708
7709 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7710 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7711 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7712 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7713 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7714 @end example
7715
7716 @noindent
7717 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7718 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7719 @samp{*}, but also because the
7720 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7721
7722
7723 @node Tracing
7724 @section Tracing Your Parser
7725 @findex yydebug
7726 @cindex debugging
7727 @cindex tracing the parser
7728
7729 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7730 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7731
7732 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7733
7734 @table @asis
7735 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7736 @findex YYDEBUG
7737 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7738 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7739 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7740 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7741 Prologue}).
7742
7743 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7744 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7745 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7746
7747 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7748 @findex %debug
7749 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7750 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7751 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7752 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7753 you, this is
7754 the preferred solution.
7755 @end table
7756
7757 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7758 always possible.
7759
7760 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7761 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7762 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and variadic
7763 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7764 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7765 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7766
7767 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7768 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7769 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7770 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7771
7772 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7773 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7774 messages tell you these things:
7775
7776 @itemize @bullet
7777 @item
7778 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7779
7780 @item
7781 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7782 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7783
7784 @item
7785 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7786 of the state stack afterward.
7787 @end itemize
7788
7789 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7790 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7791 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7792 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7793 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7794 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7795 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7796 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7797 grammar are to blame.
7798
7799 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7800 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7801 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7802 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7803 the grammar it is working.
7804
7805 @findex YYPRINT
7806 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7807 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7808 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7809 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7810 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7811 value (from @code{yylval}).
7812
7813 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7814 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Declarations, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7815
7816 @smallexample
7817 %@{
7818 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7819 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7820 %@}
7821
7822 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7823
7824 static void
7825 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7826 @{
7827 if (type == VAR)
7828 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7829 else if (type == NUM)
7830 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7831 @}
7832 @end smallexample
7833
7834 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7835
7836 @node Invocation
7837 @chapter Invoking Bison
7838 @cindex invoking Bison
7839 @cindex Bison invocation
7840 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7841
7842 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7843
7844 @example
7845 bison @var{infile}
7846 @end example
7847
7848 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7849 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7850 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7851 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7852 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7853 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7854 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7855 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7856 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7857 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7858 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7859 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7860
7861 For example :
7862
7863 @example
7864 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7865 @end example
7866 @noindent
7867 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7868
7869 @example
7870 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7871 @end example
7872 @noindent
7873 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7874
7875 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7876 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7877 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7878
7879 @menu
7880 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7881 in alphabetical order by short options.
7882 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7883 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7884 @end menu
7885
7886 @node Bison Options
7887 @section Bison Options
7888
7889 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7890 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7891 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7892 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7893 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7894 @samp{=}.
7895
7896 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7897 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7898 option.
7899
7900 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7901 @noindent
7902 Operations modes:
7903 @table @option
7904 @item -h
7905 @itemx --help
7906 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7907
7908 @item -V
7909 @itemx --version
7910 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7911
7912 @item --print-localedir
7913 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7914
7915 @item --print-datadir
7916 Print the name of the directory containing skeletons and XSLT.
7917
7918 @item -y
7919 @itemx --yacc
7920 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7921 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7922 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7923 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7924 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7925 @file{y.tab.h}.
7926 Also, if generating a deterministic parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7927 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7928 names.
7929 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7930 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7931
7932 @example
7933 #! /bin/sh
7934 bison -y "$@@"
7935 @end example
7936
7937 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7938 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7939 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7940 this option is specified.
7941
7942 @item -W [@var{category}]
7943 @itemx --warnings[=@var{category}]
7944 Output warnings falling in @var{category}. @var{category} can be one
7945 of:
7946 @table @code
7947 @item midrule-values
7948 Warn about mid-rule values that are set but not used within any of the actions
7949 of the parent rule.
7950 For example, warn about unused @code{$2} in:
7951
7952 @example
7953 exp: '1' @{ $$ = 1; @} '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $4; @};
7954 @end example
7955
7956 Also warn about mid-rule values that are used but not set.
7957 For example, warn about unset @code{$$} in the mid-rule action in:
7958
7959 @example
7960 exp: '1' @{ $1 = 1; @} '+' exp @{ $$ = $2 + $4; @};
7961 @end example
7962
7963 These warnings are not enabled by default since they sometimes prove to
7964 be false alarms in existing grammars employing the Yacc constructs
7965 @code{$0} or @code{$-@var{n}} (where @var{n} is some positive integer).
7966
7967
7968 @item yacc
7969 Incompatibilities with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc.
7970
7971 @item all
7972 All the warnings.
7973 @item none
7974 Turn off all the warnings.
7975 @item error
7976 Treat warnings as errors.
7977 @end table
7978
7979 A category can be turned off by prefixing its name with @samp{no-}. For
7980 instance, @option{-Wno-syntax} will hide the warnings about unused
7981 variables.
7982 @end table
7983
7984 @noindent
7985 Tuning the parser:
7986
7987 @table @option
7988 @item -t
7989 @itemx --debug
7990 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7991 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7992 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7993
7994 @item -D @var{name}[=@var{value}]
7995 @itemx --define=@var{name}[=@var{value}]
7996 Same as running @samp{%define @var{name} "@var{value}"} (@pxref{Decl
7997 Summary, ,%define}).
7998
7999 @item -L @var{language}
8000 @itemx --language=@var{language}
8001 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
8002 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
8003 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C, C++, and Java.
8004 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
8005
8006 This option is experimental and its effect may be modified in future
8007 releases.
8008
8009 @item --locations
8010 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8011
8012 @item -p @var{prefix}
8013 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
8014 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
8015 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8016
8017 @item -l
8018 @itemx --no-lines
8019 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
8020 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
8021 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
8022 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
8023 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
8024
8025 @item -S @var{file}
8026 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
8027 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
8028 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
8029
8030 @c You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
8031 @c You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
8032 @c different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
8033 @c choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
8034
8035 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
8036 file in the Bison installation directory.
8037 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
8038 current working directory.
8039 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
8040
8041 @item -k
8042 @itemx --token-table
8043 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8044 @end table
8045
8046 @noindent
8047 Adjust the output:
8048
8049 @table @option
8050 @item --defines[=@var{file}]
8051 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
8052 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
8053 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8054
8055 @item -d
8056 This is the same as @code{--defines} except @code{-d} does not accept a
8057 @var{file} argument since POSIX Yacc requires that @code{-d} can be bundled
8058 with other short options.
8059
8060 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
8061 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
8062 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
8063 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8064
8065 @item -r @var{things}
8066 @itemx --report=@var{things}
8067 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
8068 separated list of @var{things} among:
8069
8070 @table @code
8071 @item state
8072 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
8073 parser's automaton.
8074
8075 @item lookahead
8076 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
8077 each rule's lookahead set.
8078
8079 @item itemset
8080 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
8081 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
8082 @end table
8083
8084 @item --report-file=@var{file}
8085 Specify the @var{file} for the verbose description.
8086
8087 @item -v
8088 @itemx --verbose
8089 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
8090 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
8091 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8092
8093 @item -o @var{file}
8094 @itemx --output=@var{file}
8095 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
8096
8097 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
8098 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
8099
8100 @item -g [@var{file}]
8101 @itemx --graph[=@var{file}]
8102 Output a graphical representation of the parser's
8103 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
8104 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
8105 @code{@var{file}} is optional.
8106 If omitted and the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will be
8107 @file{foo.dot}.
8108
8109 @item -x [@var{file}]
8110 @itemx --xml[=@var{file}]
8111 Output an XML report of the parser's automaton computed by Bison.
8112 @code{@var{file}} is optional.
8113 If omitted and the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will be
8114 @file{foo.xml}.
8115 (The current XML schema is experimental and may evolve.
8116 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
8117 @end table
8118
8119 @node Option Cross Key
8120 @section Option Cross Key
8121
8122 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
8123 the corresponding short option.
8124
8125 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-D @var{name}[=@var{value}]}} {@code{%nondeterministic-parser}}
8126 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option @tab Bison Directive
8127 @include cross-options.texi
8128 @end multitable
8129
8130 @node Yacc Library
8131 @section Yacc Library
8132
8133 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
8134 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
8135 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
8136 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
8137 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
8138 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
8139 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
8140
8141 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
8142 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
8143
8144 @example
8145 int yyerror (char const *);
8146 @end example
8147
8148 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
8149 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
8150 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
8151
8152 @example
8153 int yyparse (void);
8154 @end example
8155
8156 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
8157
8158 @node Other Languages
8159 @chapter Parsers Written In Other Languages
8160
8161 @menu
8162 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
8163 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
8164 @end menu
8165
8166 @node C++ Parsers
8167 @section C++ Parsers
8168
8169 @menu
8170 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
8171 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
8172 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
8173 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8174 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
8175 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
8176 @end menu
8177
8178 @node C++ Bison Interface
8179 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
8180 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
8181 @c - Always pure
8182 @c - initial action
8183
8184 The C++ deterministic parser is selected using the skeleton directive,
8185 @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.c"}, or the synonymous command-line option
8186 @option{--skeleton=lalr1.c}.
8187 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8188
8189 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities in the @samp{yy}
8190 namespace.
8191 @findex %define namespace
8192 Use the @samp{%define namespace} directive to change the namespace name, see
8193 @ref{Decl Summary}.
8194 The various classes are generated in the following files:
8195
8196 @table @file
8197 @item position.hh
8198 @itemx location.hh
8199 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
8200 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
8201
8202 @item stack.hh
8203 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
8204
8205 @item @var{file}.hh
8206 @itemx @var{file}.cc
8207 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
8208 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
8209 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
8210 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
8211
8212 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
8213 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
8214 @samp{%defines} directive.
8215 @end table
8216
8217 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
8218 for a complete and accurate documentation.
8219
8220 @node C++ Semantic Values
8221 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
8222 @c - No objects in unions
8223 @c - YYSTYPE
8224 @c - Printer and destructor
8225
8226 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
8227 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
8228 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
8229 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
8230 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
8231 @itemize @minus
8232 @item
8233 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
8234 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
8235 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
8236 @item
8237 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
8238 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
8239 to such objects are allowed.
8240 @end itemize
8241
8242 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
8243 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
8244 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
8245 Symbols}.
8246
8247
8248 @node C++ Location Values
8249 @subsection C++ Location Values
8250 @c - %locations
8251 @c - class Position
8252 @c - class Location
8253 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
8254
8255 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
8256 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
8257 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
8258 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
8259 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
8260
8261 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
8262 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
8263 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
8264 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
8265 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
8266 @end deftypemethod
8267
8268 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
8269 The line, starting at 1.
8270 @end deftypemethod
8271
8272 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
8273 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
8274 @end deftypemethod
8275
8276 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
8277 The column, starting at 0.
8278 @end deftypemethod
8279
8280 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
8281 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
8282 @end deftypemethod
8283
8284 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8285 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8286 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8287 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8288 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
8289 @end deftypemethod
8290
8291 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
8292 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
8293 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
8294 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
8295 @end deftypemethod
8296
8297 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
8298 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
8299 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8300 @end deftypemethod
8301
8302 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
8303 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
8304 Advance the @code{end} position.
8305 @end deftypemethod
8306
8307 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
8308 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
8309 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
8310 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
8311 @end deftypemethod
8312
8313 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
8314 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
8315 @end deftypemethod
8316
8317
8318 @node C++ Parser Interface
8319 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
8320 @c - define parser_class_name
8321 @c - Ctor
8322 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8323 @c debug_stream.
8324 @c - Reporting errors
8325
8326 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
8327 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
8328 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
8329 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
8330 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
8331 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
8332 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
8333 additional argument for its constructor.
8334
8335 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
8336 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
8337 The types for semantics value and locations.
8338 @end defcv
8339
8340 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8341 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8342 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8343 @end deftypemethod
8344
8345 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
8346 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
8347 @end deftypemethod
8348
8349 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
8350 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
8351 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8352 @code{std::cerr}.
8353 @end deftypemethod
8354
8355 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
8356 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
8357 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8358 or nonzero, full tracing.
8359 @end deftypemethod
8360
8361 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
8362 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
8363 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
8364 described by @var{m}.
8365 @end deftypemethod
8366
8367
8368 @node C++ Scanner Interface
8369 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
8370 @c - prefix for yylex.
8371 @c - Pure interface to yylex
8372 @c - %lex-param
8373
8374 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
8375 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
8376 @code{%define api.pure} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
8377
8378 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8379 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8380 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
8381 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8382 @end deftypemethod
8383
8384
8385 @node A Complete C++ Example
8386 @subsection A Complete C++ Example
8387
8388 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
8389 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
8390 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
8391 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
8392 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
8393 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
8394 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
8395 actually easier to interface with.
8396
8397 @menu
8398 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
8399 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
8400 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
8401 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
8402 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
8403 @end menu
8404
8405 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8406 @subsubsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8407
8408 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
8409 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
8410 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
8411 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
8412 of valid input follows.
8413
8414 @example
8415 three := 3
8416 seven := one + two * three
8417 seven * seven
8418 @end example
8419
8420 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
8421 @subsubsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
8422 @c - An env
8423 @c - A place to store error messages
8424 @c - A place for the result
8425
8426 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
8427 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
8428 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
8429 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
8430 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
8431 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
8432 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
8433
8434 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
8435 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
8436 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
8437 class.
8438
8439 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8440 @example
8441 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8442 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8443 # include <string>
8444 # include <map>
8445 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8446 @end example
8447
8448
8449 @noindent
8450 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
8451 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
8452 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
8453 factor both as follows.
8454
8455 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8456 @example
8457 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
8458 # define YY_DECL \
8459 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
8460 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
8461 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
8462 calcxx_driver& driver)
8463 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
8464 YY_DECL;
8465 @end example
8466
8467 @noindent
8468 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
8469 members.
8470
8471 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8472 @example
8473 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
8474 class calcxx_driver
8475 @{
8476 public:
8477 calcxx_driver ();
8478 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
8479
8480 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
8481
8482 int result;
8483 @end example
8484
8485 @noindent
8486 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
8487 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
8488
8489 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8490 @example
8491 // Handling the scanner.
8492 void scan_begin ();
8493 void scan_end ();
8494 bool trace_scanning;
8495 @end example
8496
8497 @noindent
8498 Similarly for the parser itself.
8499
8500 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8501 @example
8502 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
8503 int parse (const std::string& f);
8504 std::string file;
8505 bool trace_parsing;
8506 @end example
8507
8508 @noindent
8509 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
8510 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
8511 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
8512 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
8513
8514 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8515 @example
8516 // Error handling.
8517 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
8518 void error (const std::string& m);
8519 @};
8520 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8521 @end example
8522
8523 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
8524 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
8525 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
8526 messages and set error state.
8527
8528 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
8529 @example
8530 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8531 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
8532
8533 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
8534 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
8535 @{
8536 variables["one"] = 1;
8537 variables["two"] = 2;
8538 @}
8539
8540 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
8541 @{
8542 @}
8543
8544 int
8545 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
8546 @{
8547 file = f;
8548 scan_begin ();
8549 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
8550 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
8551 int res = parser.parse ();
8552 scan_end ();
8553 return res;
8554 @}
8555
8556 void
8557 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
8558 @{
8559 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
8560 @}
8561
8562 void
8563 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
8564 @{
8565 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
8566 @}
8567 @end example
8568
8569 @node Calc++ Parser
8570 @subsubsection Calc++ Parser
8571
8572 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
8573 the C++ deterministic parser skeleton, the creation of the parser header
8574 file, and specifies the name of the parser class.
8575 Because the C++ skeleton changed several times, it is safer to require
8576 the version you designed the grammar for.
8577
8578 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8579 @example
8580 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8581 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8582 %defines
8583 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8584 @end example
8585
8586 @noindent
8587 @findex %code requires
8588 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8589 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8590 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8591 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8592 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8593 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8594 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8595
8596 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8597 @example
8598 %code requires @{
8599 # include <string>
8600 class calcxx_driver;
8601 @}
8602 @end example
8603
8604 @noindent
8605 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8606 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8607 global variables.
8608
8609 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8610 @example
8611 // The parsing context.
8612 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8613 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8614 @end example
8615
8616 @noindent
8617 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8618 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8619 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8620 automatically propagated.
8621
8622 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8623 @example
8624 %locations
8625 %initial-action
8626 @{
8627 // Initialize the initial location.
8628 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8629 @};
8630 @end example
8631
8632 @noindent
8633 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8634 error messages.
8635
8636 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8637 @example
8638 %debug
8639 %error-verbose
8640 @end example
8641
8642 @noindent
8643 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8644 them.
8645
8646 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8647 @example
8648 // Symbols.
8649 %union
8650 @{
8651 int ival;
8652 std::string *sval;
8653 @};
8654 @end example
8655
8656 @noindent
8657 @findex %code
8658 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8659 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8660
8661 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8662 @example
8663 %code @{
8664 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8665 @}
8666 @end example
8667
8668
8669 @noindent
8670 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8671 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8672 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8673 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8674 avoid name clashes.
8675
8676 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8677 @example
8678 %token END 0 "end of file"
8679 %token ASSIGN ":="
8680 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8681 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8682 %type <ival> exp
8683 @end example
8684
8685 @noindent
8686 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8687 @code{%destructor}.
8688
8689 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8690 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8691 @example
8692 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8693 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8694
8695 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8696 @end example
8697
8698 @noindent
8699 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8700
8701 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8702 @example
8703 %%
8704 %start unit;
8705 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8706
8707 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8708 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8709
8710 assignment:
8711 "identifier" ":=" exp
8712 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8713
8714 %left '+' '-';
8715 %left '*' '/';
8716 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8717 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8718 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8719 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8720 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8721 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8722 %%
8723 @end example
8724
8725 @noindent
8726 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8727 driver.
8728
8729 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8730 @example
8731 void
8732 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8733 const std::string& m)
8734 @{
8735 driver.error (l, m);
8736 @}
8737 @end example
8738
8739 @node Calc++ Scanner
8740 @subsubsection Calc++ Scanner
8741
8742 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8743 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8744
8745 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8746 @example
8747 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8748 # include <cstdlib>
8749 # include <errno.h>
8750 # include <limits.h>
8751 # include <string>
8752 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8753 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8754
8755 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8756 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8757 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8758 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8759 # undef yywrap
8760 # define yywrap() 1
8761
8762 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8763 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8764 not of token_type. */
8765 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8766 %@}
8767 @end example
8768
8769 @noindent
8770 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8771 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8772 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8773 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8774
8775 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8776 @example
8777 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8778 @end example
8779
8780 @noindent
8781 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8782
8783 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8784 @example
8785 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8786 int [0-9]+
8787 blank [ \t]
8788 @end example
8789
8790 @noindent
8791 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8792 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8793 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8794 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8795 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8796 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8797 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8798
8799 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8800 @example
8801 %@{
8802 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8803 %@}
8804 %%
8805 %@{
8806 yylloc->step ();
8807 %@}
8808 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8809 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8810 @end example
8811
8812 @noindent
8813 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8814 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8815 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8816 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8817
8818 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8819 @example
8820 %@{
8821 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8822 %@}
8823 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8824 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8825 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8826 @{int@} @{
8827 errno = 0;
8828 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8829 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8830 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8831 yylval->ival = n;
8832 return token::NUMBER;
8833 @}
8834 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8835 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8836 %%
8837 @end example
8838
8839 @noindent
8840 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8841 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8842
8843 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8844 @example
8845 void
8846 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8847 @{
8848 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8849 if (file == "-")
8850 yyin = stdin;
8851 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8852 @{
8853 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8854 exit (1);
8855 @}
8856 @}
8857
8858 void
8859 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8860 @{
8861 fclose (yyin);
8862 @}
8863 @end example
8864
8865 @node Calc++ Top Level
8866 @subsubsection Calc++ Top Level
8867
8868 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8869
8870 @comment file: calc++.cc
8871 @example
8872 #include <iostream>
8873 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8874
8875 int
8876 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8877 @{
8878 calcxx_driver driver;
8879 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8880 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8881 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8882 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8883 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8884 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8885 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8886 @}
8887 @end example
8888
8889 @node Java Parsers
8890 @section Java Parsers
8891
8892 @menu
8893 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
8894 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
8895 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
8896 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8897 * Java Scanner Interface:: Specifying the scanner for the parser
8898 * Java Action Features:: Special features for use in actions
8899 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8900 * Java Declarations Summary:: List of Bison declarations used with Java
8901 @end menu
8902
8903 @node Java Bison Interface
8904 @subsection Java Bison Interface
8905 @c - %language "Java"
8906
8907 (The current Java interface is experimental and may evolve.
8908 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
8909
8910 The Java parser skeletons are selected using the @code{%language "Java"}
8911 directive or the @option{-L java}/@option{--language=java} option.
8912
8913 @c FIXME: Documented bug.
8914 When generating a Java parser, @code{bison @var{basename}.y} will create
8915 a single Java source file named @file{@var{basename}.java}. Using an
8916 input file without a @file{.y} suffix is currently broken. The basename
8917 of the output file can be changed by the @code{%file-prefix} directive
8918 or the @option{-p}/@option{--name-prefix} option. The entire output file
8919 name can be changed by the @code{%output} directive or the
8920 @option{-o}/@option{--output} option. The output file contains a single
8921 class for the parser.
8922
8923 You can create documentation for generated parsers using Javadoc.
8924
8925 Contrary to C parsers, Java parsers do not use global variables; the
8926 state of the parser is always local to an instance of the parser class.
8927 Therefore, all Java parsers are ``pure'', and the @code{%pure-parser}
8928 and @code{%define api.pure} directives does not do anything when used in
8929 Java.
8930
8931 Push parsers are currently unsupported in Java and @code{%define
8932 api.push_pull} have no effect.
8933
8934 @acronym{GLR} parsers are currently unsupported in Java. Do not use the
8935 @code{glr-parser} directive.
8936
8937 No header file can be generated for Java parsers. Do not use the
8938 @code{%defines} directive or the @option{-d}/@option{--defines} options.
8939
8940 @c FIXME: Possible code change.
8941 Currently, support for debugging and verbose errors are always compiled
8942 in. Thus the @code{%debug} and @code{%token-table} directives and the
8943 @option{-t}/@option{--debug} and @option{-k}/@option{--token-table}
8944 options have no effect. This may change in the future to eliminate
8945 unused code in the generated parser, so use @code{%debug} and
8946 @code{%verbose-error} explicitly if needed. Also, in the future the
8947 @code{%token-table} directive might enable a public interface to
8948 access the token names and codes.
8949
8950 @node Java Semantic Values
8951 @subsection Java Semantic Values
8952 @c - No %union, specify type in %type/%token.
8953 @c - YYSTYPE
8954 @c - Printer and destructor
8955
8956 There is no @code{%union} directive in Java parsers. Instead, the
8957 semantic values' types (class names) should be specified in the
8958 @code{%type} or @code{%token} directive:
8959
8960 @example
8961 %type <Expression> expr assignment_expr term factor
8962 %type <Integer> number
8963 @end example
8964
8965 By default, the semantic stack is declared to have @code{Object} members,
8966 which means that the class types you specify can be of any class.
8967 To improve the type safety of the parser, you can declare the common
8968 superclass of all the semantic values using the @code{%define stype}
8969 directive. For example, after the following declaration:
8970
8971 @example
8972 %define stype "ASTNode"
8973 @end example
8974
8975 @noindent
8976 any @code{%type} or @code{%token} specifying a semantic type which
8977 is not a subclass of ASTNode, will cause a compile-time error.
8978
8979 @c FIXME: Documented bug.
8980 Types used in the directives may be qualified with a package name.
8981 Primitive data types are accepted for Java version 1.5 or later. Note
8982 that in this case the autoboxing feature of Java 1.5 will be used.
8983 Generic types may not be used; this is due to a limitation in the
8984 implementation of Bison, and may change in future releases.
8985
8986 Java parsers do not support @code{%destructor}, since the language
8987 adopts garbage collection. The parser will try to hold references
8988 to semantic values for as little time as needed.
8989
8990 Java parsers do not support @code{%printer}, as @code{toString()}
8991 can be used to print the semantic values. This however may change
8992 (in a backwards-compatible way) in future versions of Bison.
8993
8994
8995 @node Java Location Values
8996 @subsection Java Location Values
8997 @c - %locations
8998 @c - class Position
8999 @c - class Location
9000
9001 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the Java parser
9002 supports location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9003 An auxiliary user-defined class defines a @dfn{position}, a single point
9004 in a file; Bison itself defines a class representing a @dfn{location},
9005 a range composed of a pair of positions (possibly spanning several
9006 files). The location class is an inner class of the parser; the name
9007 is @code{Location} by default, and may also be renamed using
9008 @code{%define location_type "@var{class-name}}.
9009
9010 The location class treats the position as a completely opaque value.
9011 By default, the class name is @code{Position}, but this can be changed
9012 with @code{%define position_type "@var{class-name}"}. This class must
9013 be supplied by the user.
9014
9015
9016 @deftypeivar {Location} {Position} begin
9017 @deftypeivarx {Location} {Position} end
9018 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
9019 @end deftypeivar
9020
9021 @deftypeop {Constructor} {Location} {} Location (Position @var{loc})
9022 Create a @code{Location} denoting an empty range located at a given point.
9023 @end deftypeop
9024
9025 @deftypeop {Constructor} {Location} {} Location (Position @var{begin}, Position @var{end})
9026 Create a @code{Location} from the endpoints of the range.
9027 @end deftypeop
9028
9029 @deftypemethod {Location} {String} toString ()
9030 Prints the range represented by the location. For this to work
9031 properly, the position class should override the @code{equals} and
9032 @code{toString} methods appropriately.
9033 @end deftypemethod
9034
9035
9036 @node Java Parser Interface
9037 @subsection Java Parser Interface
9038 @c - define parser_class_name
9039 @c - Ctor
9040 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
9041 @c debug_stream.
9042 @c - Reporting errors
9043
9044 The name of the generated parser class defaults to @code{YYParser}. The
9045 @code{YY} prefix may be changed using the @code{%name-prefix} directive
9046 or the @option{-p}/@option{--name-prefix} option. Alternatively, use
9047 @code{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"} to give a custom name to
9048 the class. The interface of this class is detailed below.
9049
9050 By default, the parser class has package visibility. A declaration
9051 @code{%define public} will change to public visibility. Remember that,
9052 according to the Java language specification, the name of the @file{.java}
9053 file should match the name of the class in this case. Similarly, you can
9054 use @code{abstract}, @code{final} and @code{strictfp} with the
9055 @code{%define} declaration to add other modifiers to the parser class.
9056
9057 The Java package name of the parser class can be specified using the
9058 @code{%define package} directive. The superclass and the implemented
9059 interfaces of the parser class can be specified with the @code{%define
9060 extends} and @code{%define implements} directives.
9061
9062 The parser class defines an inner class, @code{Location}, that is used
9063 for location tracking (see @ref{Java Location Values}), and a inner
9064 interface, @code{Lexer} (see @ref{Java Scanner Interface}). Other than
9065 these inner class/interface, and the members described in the interface
9066 below, all the other members and fields are preceded with a @code{yy} or
9067 @code{YY} prefix to avoid clashes with user code.
9068
9069 @c FIXME: The following constants and variables are still undocumented:
9070 @c @code{bisonVersion}, @code{bisonSkeleton} and @code{errorVerbose}.
9071
9072 The parser class can be extended using the @code{%parse-param}
9073 directive. Each occurrence of the directive will add a @code{protected
9074 final} field to the parser class, and an argument to its constructor,
9075 which initialize them automatically.
9076
9077 Token names defined by @code{%token} and the predefined @code{EOF} token
9078 name are added as constant fields to the parser class.
9079
9080 @deftypeop {Constructor} {YYParser} {} YYParser (@var{lex_param}, @dots{}, @var{parse_param}, @dots{})
9081 Build a new parser object with embedded @code{%code lexer}. There are
9082 no parameters, unless @code{%parse-param}s and/or @code{%lex-param}s are
9083 used.
9084 @end deftypeop
9085
9086 @deftypeop {Constructor} {YYParser} {} YYParser (Lexer @var{lexer}, @var{parse_param}, @dots{})
9087 Build a new parser object using the specified scanner. There are no
9088 additional parameters unless @code{%parse-param}s are used.
9089
9090 If the scanner is defined by @code{%code lexer}, this constructor is
9091 declared @code{protected} and is called automatically with a scanner
9092 created with the correct @code{%lex-param}s.
9093 @end deftypeop
9094
9095 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} parse ()
9096 Run the syntactic analysis, and return @code{true} on success,
9097 @code{false} otherwise.
9098 @end deftypemethod
9099
9100 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} recovering ()
9101 During the syntactic analysis, return @code{true} if recovering
9102 from a syntax error.
9103 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9104 @end deftypemethod
9105
9106 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {java.io.PrintStream} getDebugStream ()
9107 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugStream (java.io.printStream @var{o})
9108 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
9109 @code{System.err}.
9110 @end deftypemethod
9111
9112 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} getDebugLevel ()
9113 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugLevel (int @var{l})
9114 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
9115 or nonzero, full tracing.
9116 @end deftypemethod
9117
9118
9119 @node Java Scanner Interface
9120 @subsection Java Scanner Interface
9121 @c - %code lexer
9122 @c - %lex-param
9123 @c - Lexer interface
9124
9125 There are two possible ways to interface a Bison-generated Java parser
9126 with a scanner: the scanner may be defined by @code{%code lexer}, or
9127 defined elsewhere. In either case, the scanner has to implement the
9128 @code{Lexer} inner interface of the parser class.
9129
9130 In the first case, the body of the scanner class is placed in
9131 @code{%code lexer} blocks. If you want to pass parameters from the
9132 parser constructor to the scanner constructor, specify them with
9133 @code{%lex-param}; they are passed before @code{%parse-param}s to the
9134 constructor.
9135
9136 In the second case, the scanner has to implement the @code{Lexer} interface,
9137 which is defined within the parser class (e.g., @code{YYParser.Lexer}).
9138 The constructor of the parser object will then accept an object
9139 implementing the interface; @code{%lex-param} is not used in this
9140 case.
9141
9142 In both cases, the scanner has to implement the following methods.
9143
9144 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {void} yyerror (Location @var{loc}, String @var{msg})
9145 This method is defined by the user to emit an error message. The first
9146 parameter is omitted if location tracking is not active. Its type can be
9147 changed using @code{%define location_type "@var{class-name}".}
9148 @end deftypemethod
9149
9150 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {int} yylex ()
9151 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
9152 value and location are saved and returned by the ther methods in the
9153 interface.
9154
9155 Use @code{%define lex_throws} to specify any uncaught exceptions.
9156 Default is @code{java.io.IOException}.
9157 @end deftypemethod
9158
9159 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Position} getStartPos ()
9160 @deftypemethodx {Lexer} {Position} getEndPos ()
9161 Return respectively the first position of the last token that
9162 @code{yylex} returned, and the first position beyond it. These
9163 methods are not needed unless location tracking is active.
9164
9165 The return type can be changed using @code{%define position_type
9166 "@var{class-name}".}
9167 @end deftypemethod
9168
9169 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Object} getLVal ()
9170 Return the semantical value of the last token that yylex returned.
9171
9172 The return type can be changed using @code{%define stype
9173 "@var{class-name}".}
9174 @end deftypemethod
9175
9176
9177 @node Java Action Features
9178 @subsection Special Features for Use in Java Actions
9179
9180 The following special constructs can be uses in Java actions.
9181 Other analogous C action features are currently unavailable for Java.
9182
9183 Use @code{%define throws} to specify any uncaught exceptions from parser
9184 actions, and initial actions specified by @code{%initial-action}.
9185
9186 @defvar $@var{n}
9187 The semantic value for the @var{n}th component of the current rule.
9188 This may not be assigned to.
9189 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9190 @end defvar
9191
9192 @defvar $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
9193 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies a alternative type @var{typealt}.
9194 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9195 @end defvar
9196
9197 @defvar $$
9198 The semantic value for the grouping made by the current rule. As a
9199 value, this is in the base type (@code{Object} or as specified by
9200 @code{%define stype}) as in not cast to the declared subtype because
9201 casts are not allowed on the left-hand side of Java assignments.
9202 Use an explicit Java cast if the correct subtype is needed.
9203 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9204 @end defvar
9205
9206 @defvar $<@var{typealt}>$
9207 Same as @code{$$} since Java always allow assigning to the base type.
9208 Perhaps we should use this and @code{$<>$} for the value and @code{$$}
9209 for setting the value but there is currently no easy way to distinguish
9210 these constructs.
9211 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9212 @end defvar
9213
9214 @defvar @@@var{n}
9215 The location information of the @var{n}th component of the current rule.
9216 This may not be assigned to.
9217 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9218 @end defvar
9219
9220 @defvar @@$
9221 The location information of the grouping made by the current rule.
9222 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9223 @end defvar
9224
9225 @deffn {Statement} {return YYABORT;}
9226 Return immediately from the parser, indicating failure.
9227 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9228 @end deffn
9229
9230 @deffn {Statement} {return YYACCEPT;}
9231 Return immediately from the parser, indicating success.
9232 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9233 @end deffn
9234
9235 @deffn {Statement} {return YYERROR;}
9236 Start error recovery without printing an error message.
9237 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9238 @end deffn
9239
9240 @deffn {Statement} {return YYFAIL;}
9241 Print an error message and start error recovery.
9242 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9243 @end deffn
9244
9245 @deftypefn {Function} {boolean} recovering ()
9246 Return whether error recovery is being done. In this state, the parser
9247 reads token until it reaches a known state, and then restarts normal
9248 operation.
9249 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9250 @end deftypefn
9251
9252 @deftypefn {Function} {protected void} yyerror (String msg)
9253 @deftypefnx {Function} {protected void} yyerror (Position pos, String msg)
9254 @deftypefnx {Function} {protected void} yyerror (Location loc, String msg)
9255 Print an error message using the @code{yyerror} method of the scanner
9256 instance in use.
9257 @end deftypefn
9258
9259
9260 @node Java Differences
9261 @subsection Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
9262
9263 The different structure of the Java language forces several differences
9264 between C/C++ grammars, and grammars designed for Java parsers. This
9265 section summarizes these differences.
9266
9267 @itemize
9268 @item
9269 Java lacks a preprocessor, so the @code{YYERROR}, @code{YYACCEPT},
9270 @code{YYABORT} symbols (@pxref{Table of Symbols}) cannot obviously be
9271 macros. Instead, they should be preceded by @code{return} when they
9272 appear in an action. The actual definition of these symbols is
9273 opaque to the Bison grammar, and it might change in the future. The
9274 only meaningful operation that you can do, is to return them.
9275 See @pxref{Java Action Features}.
9276
9277 Note that of these three symbols, only @code{YYACCEPT} and
9278 @code{YYABORT} will cause a return from the @code{yyparse}
9279 method@footnote{Java parsers include the actions in a separate
9280 method than @code{yyparse} in order to have an intuitive syntax that
9281 corresponds to these C macros.}.
9282
9283 @item
9284 Java lacks unions, so @code{%union} has no effect. Instead, semantic
9285 values have a common base type: @code{Object} or as specified by
9286 @code{%define stype}. Angle backets on @code{%token}, @code{type},
9287 @code{$@var{n}} and @code{$$} specify subtypes rather than fields of
9288 an union. The type of @code{$$}, even with angle brackets, is the base
9289 type since Java casts are not allow on the left-hand side of assignments.
9290 Also, @code{$@var{n}} and @code{@@@var{n}} are not allowed on the
9291 left-hand side of assignments. See @pxref{Java Semantic Values} and
9292 @pxref{Java Action Features}.
9293
9294 @item
9295 The prolog declarations have a different meaning than in C/C++ code.
9296 @table @asis
9297 @item @code{%code imports}
9298 blocks are placed at the beginning of the Java source code. They may
9299 include copyright notices. For a @code{package} declarations, it is
9300 suggested to use @code{%define package} instead.
9301
9302 @item unqualified @code{%code}
9303 blocks are placed inside the parser class.
9304
9305 @item @code{%code lexer}
9306 blocks, if specified, should include the implementation of the
9307 scanner. If there is no such block, the scanner can be any class
9308 that implements the appropriate interface (see @pxref{Java Scanner
9309 Interface}).
9310 @end table
9311
9312 Other @code{%code} blocks are not supported in Java parsers.
9313 In particular, @code{%@{ @dots{} %@}} blocks should not be used
9314 and may give an error in future versions of Bison.
9315
9316 The epilogue has the same meaning as in C/C++ code and it can
9317 be used to define other classes used by the parser @emph{outside}
9318 the parser class.
9319 @end itemize
9320
9321
9322 @node Java Declarations Summary
9323 @subsection Java Declarations Summary
9324
9325 This summary only include declarations specific to Java or have special
9326 meaning when used in a Java parser.
9327
9328 @deffn {Directive} {%language "Java"}
9329 Generate a Java class for the parser.
9330 @end deffn
9331
9332 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{type} @var{name}@}
9333 A parameter for the lexer class defined by @code{%code lexer}
9334 @emph{only}, added as parameters to the lexer constructor and the parser
9335 constructor that @emph{creates} a lexer. Default is none.
9336 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9337 @end deffn
9338
9339 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9340 The prefix of the parser class name @code{@var{prefix}Parser} if
9341 @code{%define parser_class_name} is not used. Default is @code{YY}.
9342 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9343 @end deffn
9344
9345 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{type} @var{name}@}
9346 A parameter for the parser class added as parameters to constructor(s)
9347 and as fields initialized by the constructor(s). Default is none.
9348 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9349 @end deffn
9350
9351 @deffn {Directive} %token <@var{type}> @var{token} @dots{}
9352 Declare tokens. Note that the angle brackets enclose a Java @emph{type}.
9353 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9354 @end deffn
9355
9356 @deffn {Directive} %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal} @dots{}
9357 Declare the type of nonterminals. Note that the angle brackets enclose
9358 a Java @emph{type}.
9359 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9360 @end deffn
9361
9362 @deffn {Directive} %code @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9363 Code appended to the inside of the parser class.
9364 @xref{Java Differences}.
9365 @end deffn
9366
9367 @deffn {Directive} {%code imports} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9368 Code inserted just after the @code{package} declaration.
9369 @xref{Java Differences}.
9370 @end deffn
9371
9372 @deffn {Directive} {%code lexer} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9373 Code added to the body of a inner lexer class within the parser class.
9374 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9375 @end deffn
9376
9377 @deffn {Directive} %% @var{code} @dots{}
9378 Code (after the second @code{%%}) appended to the end of the file,
9379 @emph{outside} the parser class.
9380 @xref{Java Differences}.
9381 @end deffn
9382
9383 @deffn {Directive} %@{ @var{code} @dots{} %@}
9384 Not supported. Use @code{%code import} instead.
9385 @xref{Java Differences}.
9386 @end deffn
9387
9388 @deffn {Directive} {%define abstract}
9389 Whether the parser class is declared @code{abstract}. Default is false.
9390 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9391 @end deffn
9392
9393 @deffn {Directive} {%define extends} "@var{superclass}"
9394 The superclass of the parser class. Default is none.
9395 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9396 @end deffn
9397
9398 @deffn {Directive} {%define final}
9399 Whether the parser class is declared @code{final}. Default is false.
9400 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9401 @end deffn
9402
9403 @deffn {Directive} {%define implements} "@var{interfaces}"
9404 The implemented interfaces of the parser class, a comma-separated list.
9405 Default is none.
9406 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9407 @end deffn
9408
9409 @deffn {Directive} {%define lex_throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9410 The exceptions thrown by the @code{yylex} method of the lexer, a
9411 comma-separated list. Default is @code{java.io.IOException}.
9412 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9413 @end deffn
9414
9415 @deffn {Directive} {%define location_type} "@var{class}"
9416 The name of the class used for locations (a range between two
9417 positions). This class is generated as an inner class of the parser
9418 class by @command{bison}. Default is @code{Location}.
9419 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9420 @end deffn
9421
9422 @deffn {Directive} {%define package} "@var{package}"
9423 The package to put the parser class in. Default is none.
9424 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9425 @end deffn
9426
9427 @deffn {Directive} {%define parser_class_name} "@var{name}"
9428 The name of the parser class. Default is @code{YYParser} or
9429 @code{@var{name-prefix}Parser}.
9430 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9431 @end deffn
9432
9433 @deffn {Directive} {%define position_type} "@var{class}"
9434 The name of the class used for positions. This class must be supplied by
9435 the user. Default is @code{Position}.
9436 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9437 @end deffn
9438
9439 @deffn {Directive} {%define public}
9440 Whether the parser class is declared @code{public}. Default is false.
9441 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9442 @end deffn
9443
9444 @deffn {Directive} {%define stype} "@var{class}"
9445 The base type of semantic values. Default is @code{Object}.
9446 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9447 @end deffn
9448
9449 @deffn {Directive} {%define strictfp}
9450 Whether the parser class is declared @code{strictfp}. Default is false.
9451 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9452 @end deffn
9453
9454 @deffn {Directive} {%define throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9455 The exceptions thrown by user-supplied parser actions and
9456 @code{%initial-action}, a comma-separated list. Default is none.
9457 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9458 @end deffn
9459
9460
9461 @c ================================================= FAQ
9462
9463 @node FAQ
9464 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
9465 @cindex frequently asked questions
9466 @cindex questions
9467
9468 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
9469 are addressed.
9470
9471 @menu
9472 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
9473 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
9474 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
9475 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
9476 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
9477 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
9478 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
9479 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
9480 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
9481 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
9482 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
9483 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
9484 @end menu
9485
9486 @node Memory Exhausted
9487 @section Memory Exhausted
9488
9489 @display
9490 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
9491 message. What can I do?
9492 @end display
9493
9494 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
9495 ,Recursive Rules}.
9496
9497 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
9498 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
9499
9500 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
9501 following typical questions:
9502
9503 @display
9504 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
9505 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
9506 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
9507 @end display
9508
9509 @noindent
9510 or
9511
9512 @display
9513 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
9514 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
9515 although I did specify @code{%define api.pure}.
9516 @end display
9517
9518 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
9519 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
9520 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
9521 demonstration, consider the following source file,
9522 @file{first-line.l}:
9523
9524 @verbatim
9525 %{
9526 #include <stdio.h>
9527 #include <stdlib.h>
9528 %}
9529 %%
9530 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
9531 %%
9532 int
9533 yyparse (char const *file)
9534 {
9535 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
9536 if (!yyin)
9537 exit (2);
9538 /* One token only. */
9539 yylex ();
9540 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
9541 exit (3);
9542 return 0;
9543 }
9544
9545 int
9546 main (void)
9547 {
9548 yyparse ("input");
9549 yyparse ("input");
9550 return 0;
9551 }
9552 @end verbatim
9553
9554 @noindent
9555 If the file @file{input} contains
9556
9557 @verbatim
9558 input:1: Hello,
9559 input:2: World!
9560 @end verbatim
9561
9562 @noindent
9563 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
9564
9565 @example
9566 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
9567 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
9568 $ @kbd{./first-line}
9569 input:1: Hello,
9570 input:2: World!
9571 @end example
9572
9573 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
9574 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
9575 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
9576 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
9577 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
9578 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
9579 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
9580 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
9581 input buffers.
9582
9583 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
9584 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
9585 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
9586 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
9587
9588 @node Strings are Destroyed
9589 @section Strings are Destroyed
9590
9591 @display
9592 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
9593 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
9594 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
9595 @end display
9596
9597 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
9598 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
9599 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
9600
9601 @verbatim
9602 %{
9603 #include <stdio.h>
9604 char *yylval = NULL;
9605 %}
9606 %%
9607 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
9608 \n /* IGNORE */
9609 %%
9610 int
9611 main ()
9612 {
9613 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
9614 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
9615 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
9616 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
9617 return 0;
9618 }
9619 @end verbatim
9620
9621 If you compile and run this code, you get:
9622
9623 @example
9624 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9625 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9626 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9627 "one
9628 two", "two"
9629 @end example
9630
9631 @noindent
9632 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
9633 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
9634 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
9635 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
9636 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
9637 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
9638
9639 @example
9640 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9641 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9642 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9643 "two", "two"
9644 @end example
9645
9646
9647 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
9648 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
9649
9650 @display
9651 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
9652 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
9653 @end display
9654
9655 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
9656 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
9657 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
9658 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
9659 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
9660 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
9661 execute simple instructions one after the others.
9662
9663 @cindex abstract syntax tree
9664 @cindex @acronym{AST}
9665 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
9666 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
9667 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
9668 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
9669 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
9670 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
9671 compiler.
9672
9673 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
9674 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
9675
9676
9677 @node Multiple start-symbols
9678 @section Multiple start-symbols
9679
9680 @display
9681 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
9682 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
9683 multiple entry points.
9684 @end display
9685
9686 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
9687 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
9688 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
9689 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
9690 real start-symbol:
9691
9692 @example
9693 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
9694 %start start;
9695 start: START_FOO foo
9696 | START_BAR bar;
9697 @end example
9698
9699 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
9700 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
9701
9702 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
9703 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
9704 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
9705 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
9706 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
9707 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
9708 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
9709 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
9710
9711 @example
9712 /* @r{Prologue.} */
9713 %%
9714 %@{
9715 if (start_token)
9716 @{
9717 int t = start_token;
9718 start_token = 0;
9719 return t;
9720 @}
9721 %@}
9722 /* @r{The rules.} */
9723 @end example
9724
9725
9726 @node Secure? Conform?
9727 @section Secure? Conform?
9728
9729 @display
9730 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
9731 @end display
9732
9733 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
9734 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
9735 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
9736 please send us a bug report.
9737
9738 @node I can't build Bison
9739 @section I can't build Bison
9740
9741 @display
9742 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
9743 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
9744 What should I do?
9745 @end display
9746
9747 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
9748 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
9749 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
9750 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
9751 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
9752 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
9753 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
9754
9755
9756 @node Where can I find help?
9757 @section Where can I find help?
9758
9759 @display
9760 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
9761 @end display
9762
9763 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
9764 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
9765 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
9766 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
9767 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
9768 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
9769 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
9770 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
9771 hearts.
9772
9773 @node Bug Reports
9774 @section Bug Reports
9775
9776 @display
9777 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
9778 @end display
9779
9780 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
9781 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
9782 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
9783 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
9784 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
9785
9786 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
9787 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
9788 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
9789 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
9790 easier it will be to fix the bug.
9791
9792 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
9793 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
9794 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
9795 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
9796 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
9797 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
9798
9799 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
9800 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
9801
9802 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
9803
9804 @node More Languages
9805 @section More Languages
9806
9807 @display
9808 Will Bison ever have C++ and Java support? How about @var{insert your
9809 favorite language here}?
9810 @end display
9811
9812 C++ and Java support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
9813 languages; contributions are welcome.
9814
9815 @node Beta Testing
9816 @section Beta Testing
9817
9818 @display
9819 What is involved in being a beta tester?
9820 @end display
9821
9822 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
9823 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
9824 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
9825 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
9826 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
9827 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
9828 essentially halted.
9829
9830 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
9831 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
9832 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
9833 systems are especially welcome.
9834
9835 @node Mailing Lists
9836 @section Mailing Lists
9837
9838 @display
9839 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
9840 @end display
9841
9842 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
9843
9844 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
9845
9846 @node Table of Symbols
9847 @appendix Bison Symbols
9848 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
9849 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
9850
9851 @deffn {Variable} @@$
9852 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
9853 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9854 @end deffn
9855
9856 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
9857 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
9858 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9859 @end deffn
9860
9861 @deffn {Variable} $$
9862 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
9863 @xref{Actions}.
9864 @end deffn
9865
9866 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
9867 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
9868 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
9869 @end deffn
9870
9871 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
9872 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
9873 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
9874 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
9875 @end deffn
9876
9877 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
9878 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
9879 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
9880 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
9881 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
9882 Grammar}.
9883 @end deffn
9884
9885 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
9886 Comment delimiters, as in C.
9887 @end deffn
9888
9889 @deffn {Delimiter} :
9890 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
9891 Grammar Rules}.
9892 @end deffn
9893
9894 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
9895 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9896 @end deffn
9897
9898 @deffn {Delimiter} |
9899 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
9900 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9901 @end deffn
9902
9903 @deffn {Directive} <*>
9904 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
9905 @code{%printer}.
9906
9907 This feature is experimental.
9908 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9909 feature.
9910
9911 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9912 @end deffn
9913
9914 @deffn {Directive} <>
9915 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
9916 @code{%printer}.
9917
9918 This feature is experimental.
9919 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9920 feature.
9921
9922 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9923 @end deffn
9924
9925 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
9926 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
9927 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
9928 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
9929 @end deffn
9930
9931 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
9932 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
9933 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
9934 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
9935 @end deffn
9936
9937 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9938 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9939 @end deffn
9940
9941 @ifset defaultprec
9942 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
9943 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9944 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9945 Precedence}.
9946 @end deffn
9947 @end ifset
9948
9949 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
9950 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
9951 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
9952 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
9953 @end deffn
9954
9955 @deffn {Directive} %defines
9956 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
9957 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9958 @end deffn
9959
9960 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
9961 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
9962 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9963 @end deffn
9964
9965 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
9966 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
9967 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9968 @end deffn
9969
9970 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
9971 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
9972 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
9973 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9974 @end deffn
9975
9976 @deffn {Symbol} $end
9977 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
9978 used in the grammar.
9979 @end deffn
9980
9981 @deffn {Symbol} error
9982 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
9983 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
9984 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
9985 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
9986 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
9987 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
9988 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
9989 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9990 @end deffn
9991
9992 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
9993 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
9994 when @code{yyerror} is called.
9995 @end deffn
9996
9997 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9998 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
9999 Summary}.
10000 @end deffn
10001
10002 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
10003 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
10004 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
10005 @end deffn
10006
10007 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
10008 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
10009 @end deffn
10010
10011 @deffn {Directive} %language
10012 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
10013 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10014 @end deffn
10015
10016 @deffn {Directive} %left
10017 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
10018 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10019 @end deffn
10020
10021 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
10022 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
10023 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
10024 for Pure Parsers}.
10025 @end deffn
10026
10027 @deffn {Directive} %merge
10028 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
10029 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
10030 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
10031 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
10032 @end deffn
10033
10034 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
10035 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
10036 @end deffn
10037
10038 @ifset defaultprec
10039 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
10040 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
10041 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
10042 Precedence}.
10043 @end deffn
10044 @end ifset
10045
10046 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
10047 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
10048 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
10049 @end deffn
10050
10051 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
10052 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
10053 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10054 @end deffn
10055
10056 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
10057 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
10058 Summary}.
10059 @end deffn
10060
10061 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
10062 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
10063 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
10064 Function @code{yyparse}}.
10065 @end deffn
10066
10067 @deffn {Directive} %prec
10068 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
10069 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
10070 @end deffn
10071
10072 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
10073 Deprecated version of @code{%define api.pure} (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%define}),
10074 for which Bison is more careful to warn about unreasonable usage.
10075 @end deffn
10076
10077 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
10078 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
10079 Require a Version of Bison}.
10080 @end deffn
10081
10082 @deffn {Directive} %right
10083 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
10084 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10085 @end deffn
10086
10087 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
10088 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
10089 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10090 @end deffn
10091
10092 @deffn {Directive} %start
10093 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
10094 Start-Symbol}.
10095 @end deffn
10096
10097 @deffn {Directive} %token
10098 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
10099 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
10100 @end deffn
10101
10102 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
10103 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
10104 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10105 @end deffn
10106
10107 @deffn {Directive} %type
10108 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
10109 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
10110 @end deffn
10111
10112 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
10113 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
10114 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
10115 @code{error}.
10116 @end deffn
10117
10118 @deffn {Directive} %union
10119 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
10120 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
10121 @end deffn
10122
10123 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
10124 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
10125 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
10126 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
10127 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10128
10129 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYABORT;}
10130 instead.
10131 @end deffn
10132
10133 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
10134 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
10135 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
10136 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10137
10138 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYACCEPT;}
10139 instead.
10140 @end deffn
10141
10142 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
10143 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
10144 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10145 @end deffn
10146
10147 @deffn {Variable} yychar
10148 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
10149 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
10150 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
10151 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10152 @end deffn
10153
10154 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
10155 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
10156 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10157 @end deffn
10158
10159 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
10160 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
10161 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
10162 @end deffn
10163
10164 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
10165 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
10166 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
10167 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
10168 @end deffn
10169
10170 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
10171 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
10172 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10173 @end deffn
10174
10175 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
10176 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
10177 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
10178 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
10179 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10180
10181 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYERROR;}
10182 instead.
10183 @end deffn
10184
10185 @deffn {Function} yyerror
10186 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
10187 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
10188 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
10189 @end deffn
10190
10191 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
10192 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
10193 to request verbose, specific error message strings
10194 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
10195 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
10196 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
10197 @end deffn
10198
10199 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
10200 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
10201 @xref{Memory Management}.
10202 @end deffn
10203
10204 @deffn {Function} yylex
10205 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
10206 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
10207 @code{yylex}}.
10208 @end deffn
10209
10210 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
10211 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
10212 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
10213 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
10214 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
10215 @end deffn
10216
10217 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
10218 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
10219 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
10220 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
10221 @code{yylex}.)
10222 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
10223 grammar actions.
10224 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
10225 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
10226 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
10227 @end deffn
10228
10229 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
10230 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
10231 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
10232 @end deffn
10233
10234 @deffn {Variable} yylval
10235 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
10236 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
10237 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
10238 @code{yylex}.)
10239 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
10240 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
10241 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
10242 @end deffn
10243
10244 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
10245 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
10246 Management}.
10247 @end deffn
10248
10249 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
10250 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
10251 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}. In a
10252 pure push parser, it is a member of yypstate.)
10253 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
10254 @end deffn
10255
10256 @deffn {Function} yyparse
10257 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
10258 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10259 @end deffn
10260
10261 @deffn {Function} yypstate_delete
10262 The function to delete a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
10263 call this function to delete the memory associated with a parser.
10264 @xref{Parser Delete Function, ,The Parser Delete Function
10265 @code{yypstate_delete}}.
10266 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10267 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10268 @end deffn
10269
10270 @deffn {Function} yypstate_new
10271 The function to create a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
10272 call this function to create a new parser.
10273 @xref{Parser Create Function, ,The Parser Create Function
10274 @code{yypstate_new}}.
10275 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10276 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10277 @end deffn
10278
10279 @deffn {Function} yypull_parse
10280 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
10281 parse the rest of the input stream.
10282 @xref{Pull Parser Function, ,The Pull Parser Function
10283 @code{yypull_parse}}.
10284 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10285 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10286 @end deffn
10287
10288 @deffn {Function} yypush_parse
10289 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
10290 parse a single token. @xref{Push Parser Function, ,The Push Parser Function
10291 @code{yypush_parse}}.
10292 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10293 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10294 @end deffn
10295
10296 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
10297 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
10298 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
10299 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
10300 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
10301 @end deffn
10302
10303 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
10304 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
10305 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
10306 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10307 @end deffn
10308
10309 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
10310 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the
10311 deterministic parser in C needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
10312 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
10313 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
10314 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
10315 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
10316
10317 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
10318 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
10319 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
10320 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
10321 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
10322 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
10323 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
10324 @end deffn
10325
10326 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
10327 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
10328 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
10329 @end deffn
10330
10331 @node Glossary
10332 @appendix Glossary
10333 @cindex glossary
10334
10335 @table @asis
10336 @item Accepting State
10337 A state whose only action is the accept action.
10338 The accepting state is thus a consistent state.
10339 @xref{Understanding,,}.
10340
10341 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
10342 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
10343 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
10344 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
10345 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10346
10347 @item Consistent State
10348 A state containing only one possible action.
10349 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.default_reductions}.
10350
10351 @item Context-free grammars
10352 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
10353 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
10354 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
10355 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
10356 Grammars}.
10357
10358 @item Default Reduction
10359 The reduction that a parser should perform if the current parser state
10360 contains no other action for the lookahead token.
10361 In permitted parser states, Bison declares the reduction with the
10362 largest lookahead set to be the default reduction and removes that
10363 lookahead set.
10364 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.default_reductions}.
10365
10366 @item Dynamic allocation
10367 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
10368 compile time or on entry to a function.
10369
10370 @item Empty string
10371 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
10372 character string of length zero.
10373
10374 @item Finite-state stack machine
10375 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
10376 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
10377 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
10378 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
10379 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
10380 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10381
10382 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
10383 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
10384 that are not @acronym{LR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
10385 deterministic parsing
10386 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
10387 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
10388 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
10389 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
10390
10391 @item Grouping
10392 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
10393 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
10394 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10395
10396 @item @acronym{IELR}(1)
10397 A minimal @acronym{LR}(1) parser table generation algorithm.
10398 That is, given any context-free grammar, @acronym{IELR}(1) generates
10399 parser tables with the full language recognition power of canonical
10400 @acronym{LR}(1) but with nearly the same number of parser states as
10401 @acronym{LALR}(1).
10402 This reduction in parser states is often an order of magnitude.
10403 More importantly, because canonical @acronym{LR}(1)'s extra parser
10404 states may contain duplicate conflicts in the case of
10405 non-@acronym{LR}(1) grammars, the number of conflicts for
10406 @acronym{IELR}(1) is often an order of magnitude less as well.
10407 This can significantly reduce the complexity of developing of a grammar.
10408 @xref{Decl Summary,,lr.type}.
10409
10410 @item Infix operator
10411 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
10412 performs some operation.
10413
10414 @item Input stream
10415 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
10416
10417 @item Language construct
10418 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
10419 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
10420 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10421
10422 @item Left associativity
10423 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
10424 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
10425 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
10426
10427 @item Left recursion
10428 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
10429 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
10430 Rules}.
10431
10432 @item Left-to-right parsing
10433 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
10434 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10435
10436 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
10437 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
10438 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
10439
10440 @item Lexical tie-in
10441 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
10442 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
10443
10444 @item Literal string token
10445 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
10446
10447 @item Lookahead token
10448 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
10449 Tokens}.
10450
10451 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
10452 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
10453 generators) can handle by default; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1).
10454 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
10455
10456 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
10457 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
10458 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
10459
10460 @item Nonterminal symbol
10461 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
10462 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
10463 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
10464
10465 @item Parser
10466 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
10467 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
10468 analyzer.
10469
10470 @item Postfix operator
10471 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
10472 performs some operation.
10473
10474 @item Reduction
10475 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
10476 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
10477 Parser Algorithm}.
10478
10479 @item Reentrant
10480 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
10481 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
10482 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
10483
10484 @item Reverse polish notation
10485 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
10486
10487 @item Right recursion
10488 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
10489 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
10490 Rules}.
10491
10492 @item Semantics
10493 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
10494 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
10495 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
10496
10497 @item Shift
10498 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
10499 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
10500 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10501
10502 @item Single-character literal
10503 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
10504 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
10505
10506 @item Start symbol
10507 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
10508 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
10509 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
10510 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
10511
10512 @item Symbol table
10513 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
10514 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
10515 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
10516
10517 @item Syntax error
10518 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
10519 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10520
10521 @item Token
10522 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
10523 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
10524 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
10525 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
10526
10527 @item Terminal symbol
10528 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
10529 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
10530 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10531 @end table
10532
10533 @node Copying This Manual
10534 @appendix Copying This Manual
10535 @include fdl.texi
10536
10537 @node Index
10538 @unnumbered Index
10539
10540 @printindex cp
10541
10542 @bye
10543
10544 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
10545 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
10546 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
10547 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
10548 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
10549 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Expr ltcalc mfcalc yylex
10550 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
10551 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
10552 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
10553 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
10554 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
10555 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
10556 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
10557 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
10558 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
10559 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
10560 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
10561 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
10562 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
10563 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
10564 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
10565 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
10566 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
10567 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
10568 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
10569 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
10570 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
10571 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
10572 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex IELR